Apr 19, 2024  
College Catalog 2021-2022 
    
College Catalog 2021-2022 [ARCHIVED CATALOG]

Course Descriptions/Official Course Syllabi


  

 

Accounting

  
  • ACCT 1050 - Financial Record Keeping

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course is not recommended for accounting majors or transfer students. This course will provide a procedural and practical approach to maintaining accounting records. The accounting cycle for a service company and a merchandising concern will be covered. Topics will include journals, ledgers, trial balances, financial statements, subsidiary ledgers, and payroll records. Manual and computerized accounting are used.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize the rules and concepts authorized by generally accepted accounting principles.

    Objectives: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. Identify these rules and concepts.
    2. Identify when and where various rules and concepts are used.
    3. Demonstrate the use of rules and concepts in various record-recording situations.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to distinguish the various aspects of journalizing in accounting records.

    Objectives: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. Explain the process of journalizing.
    2. Distinguish between debits and credits and their effect on increases and decreases.
    3. Demonstrate the preparation and recording of journal entries.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to relate the various methods used to estimate values and expenses.

    Objectives: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. Calculate cost of sales and ending inventory.
    2. Calculate depreciation expense.
    3. Prepare adjusting journal entries associated with closing accounting records.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare required financial statements and analyze business results.

    Objectives: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. Identify the three primary financial statements and what purpose each serves in presenting the business finances.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to prepare each financial statement.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use a computer program system to record and accumulate financial data in the business world

    Objectives: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. Explain the role of computer programs in a financial record-keeping system.
    2. Demonstrate the ability to use a computer software system to record and maintain a set of financial records.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Accounting Concepts and Procedures
      1. Explain accounting and the accounting equation
      2. Record transactions into the equation
      3. Prepare 3 financial statements
    2. Debits and Credits: Analyzing and Recording Business
      1. Transactions
      2. Explain T accounts and use to record transactions
      3. Prepare a trial balance and financial statements
    3. Beginning the Accounting Cycle
      1. Analyze and record transactions in a journal
      2. Post to a ledger
      3. Take a trial balance
    4. Accounting Cycle Continued
      1. Explain adjustments
      2. Record them on a worksheet
      3. Prepare financial statements
    5. Accounting Cycle Completed
      1. Journalize and post adjusting entries
      2. Journalize and post closing entries
      3. Take a post-closing trial balance
    6. Banking Procedures and Control of Cash
      1. Explain banking procedures and checking accounts
      2. Explain bank reconciliation
      3. Explain petty cash and chance funds
    7. The Payroll Process
      1. Calculate gross and net pay
      2. Prepare a payroll register and employee earnings record
      3. Calculate employer taxes
      4. Make journal entries
      5. Prepare Quarterly and Annual Reports
    8. Sales and Cash Receipts
      1. Make journal entries
      2. Post to general and subsidiary ledgers
      3. Prepare a schedule of accounts receivable
    9. Purchases and Cash Payments
      1. Make journal entries
      2. Post to general and subsidiary ledgers
      3. Prepare a schedule of accounts payable
    10. Accounting Cycle for a Merchandise Company
      1. Prepare adjusting entries
      2. Prepare financial statements

    Primary Faculty
    Jex, Fred
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ACCT 1070 - Accounting for Entrepreneurs

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course will focus on reading and understanding financial statements. Students will learn how to analyze financial statements and how financial information can be effectively used to properly plan, control operations, and to make the right business decisions.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze financial accounting information that appears on an income statement and balance sheet.

    Objectives: Given a set of exam questions, the student will be able to:

    1. Describe the purpose and content of each financial statement.
    2. Analyze business transactions.
    3. Account for major transactions involving assets.
    4. Account for major transactions involving liabilities.
    5. Account for major transactions involving equity.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to summarize management accounting information used to make business decisions.

    Objectives: Given a set of exam questions, the student will be able to:

    1. Compute ratio analysis of statements.
    2. Describe the three primary types of business activities and cash flows.
    3. Define different types of costs used in managerial accounting.
    4. Compute cost-volume-profit analysis.
    5. Explain the importance of the budget process

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    The Role of Accounting in Business

    1. Describe the types and forms of businesses, how businesses make money, and business stakeholders.
    2. Describe the three business activities of financing, investing, and operating.
    3. Define accounting and describe its roll in business.
    4. Describe and illustrate the basic financial statements and how they interrelate.
    5. Describe eight accounting concepts underlying financial reporting.

    Basic Accounting Concepts

    1. Describe the basic elements of a financial accounting system.
    2. Analyze, record, and summarize transactions for a corporation’s first period of operations.
    3. Prepare financial statements for a corporation’s first period of operations.

    Accrual Accounting Concepts

    1. Describe basic accrual accounting concepts, including the matching concept.
    2. Use accrual concepts of accounting to analyze, record, and summarize transactions.
    3. Describe and illustrate the end-of-period adjustments process.
    4. Prepare financial statements using accrual concepts of accounting, including a classified balance sheet.
    5. Describe how the accrual basis of accounting enhances the interpretation of financial statements.

    Accounting for Merchandising Businesses

    1. Distinguish the activities and financial statements of a service business from those of a merchandising business.
    2. Describe and illustrate the financial statements of a merchandising business.
    3. Describe the accounting for the sale of merchandise.
    4. Describe the accounting for the purchase of merchandise

    Sarbanes-Oxley, Internal Control, and Cash

    1. Describe the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and its impact on internal controls and financial reporting.
    2. Describe and illustrate the objective and elements of internal control.
    3. Describe and illustrate the application of internal controls to cash.
    4. Describe the nature of a bank account and its use in controlling cash.
    5. Describe and illustrate the use of a bank reconciliation in controlling cash.

    Receivables and Inventories

    1. Describe the common classifications of receivables.
    2. Describe the nature of and the accounting for uncollectible receivables.
    3. Describe the direct write-off method of accounting for uncollectible receivables.
    4. Describe three inventory cost flow assumptions and how they impact the financial statements.
    5. Compare and contrast the use of the three inventory costing methods.
    6. Describe how receivables and inventory are reported on the financial statements.

    Fixed Assets and Intangible Assets

    1. Define, classify, and account for the cost of fixed assets.
    2. Compute depreciation using the straight-line and double-declining-balance methods
    3. Describe the accounting for intangible assets.
    4. Describe how depreciation expense is reported on an income statement and prepare a balance sheet that includes fixed assets and intangible assets.

    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    1. Describe how businesses finance their operations.
    2. Describe and illustrate current liabilities, notes payable, taxes, contingencies, and payroll.
    3. Describe and illustrate the financing of operations through issuance of stock.
    4. Describe and illustrate the accounting for cash and stock dividends.
    5. Describe financial statement reporting of liabilities and stockholders’ equity.
    6. Analyze the impact of debt or equity financing on earnings per share.

    Financial Statement Analysis

    1. Describe basic financial statement analytical methods.
    2. Use financial statement analysis to assess the liquidity and solvency of a business.
    3. Use financial statement analysis to assess the profitability of a business.
    4. Describe the contents of corporate annual reports.

    Accounting Systems for Manufacturing Businesses

    1. Describe the differences between financial and managerial accounting.
    2. Distinguish the activities of a manufacturing business from those of a merchandising or service business.
    3. Define and illustrate materials, factory labor, and factory overhead costs.
    4. Describe cost accountings systems used by manufacturing businesses.
    5. Describe and illustrate a job order cost accounting system.
    6. Use job order cost information for decision making.
    7. Describe the flow of costs for a service business that uses a job order cost accounting system.

    Cost Behavior and Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis

    1. Classify costs as variable costs, fixed costs, or mixed costs.
    2. Compute the contribution margin, the contribution margin ratio, and the unit contribution margin.
    3. Determine the break-even point and sales necessary to achieve a target profit.

    Differential Analysis and Product Pricing

    1. Prepare differential analysis reports for a variety of managerial decisions.
    2. Determine the selling price of a product, using the total cost, product cost, and variable cost concepts.

    Budgeting and Standard Cost Systems

    1. Describe budgeting, its objectives, its impact on human behavior, and types of budget systems.
    2. Describe the master budget for a manufacturing company.
    3. Describe the types of standards and how they are established.

    Primary Faculty
    Chirco, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ACCT 1080 - Principles of Accounting 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Introduction to accounting techniques and theories as they relate to business organizations. Transaction analysis and information processing for a service and merchandising concern. Measurement and reporting of assets, liabilities, and equity. The emphasis is on financial accounting.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify accounting theory at an introductory level.

    Objectives:

    1. Define owner’s equity for a sole proprietorship.
    2. Identify the effect of an accrual adjustment on the financial statement.
    3. Identify an effect of the closing process in the accounting cycle.
    4. Identify a liability account and how it is shown on the balance sheet.
    5. Identify characteristics of a corporation.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply accounting techniques at an introductory level.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify accounts having a normal debit/or credit balance.
    2. Make journal entries using the perpetual inventory system.
    3. Compute ending inventory using Fifo, Lifo, WA
    4. Compute the adjusted book balance regarding a bank reconciliation.
    5. Compute depreciation expense using straight-line method of depreciation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Accounting and the Business Environment

    1. Explain why accounting is important and list the users of accounting information
    2. Describe the organizations and rules that govern accounting
    3. Describe the accounting equation and define assets, liabilities, and equity
    4. Use the accounting equation to analyze transactions
    5. Prepare financial statements
    6. Use financial statements and return on assets (ROA) to evaluate business performance

    Recording Business Transactions

    1. Explain accounts as they relate to the accounting equation and describe common accounts
    2. Define debits, credits, and normal balances using double-entry accounting and T-accounts
    3. Record transactions in a journal and post journal entries to the ledger
    4. Prepare the trial balance and illustrate how to use the trial balance to prepare financial statements
    5. Use the debt ratio to evaluate business performance

    The Adjusting Process

    1. Differentiate between cash basis accounting and accrual basis accounting
    2. Define and apply the time period concept, revenue recognition, and matching principles
    3. Explain the purpose of and journalize and post adjusting entries
    4. Explain the purpose of and prepare an adjusted trial balance
    5. Identify the impact of adjusting entries on the financial statements

    Completing the Accounting Cycle

    1. Prepare the financial statements including the classified balance sheet
    2. Explain the purpose of, journalize, and post closing entries
    3. Prepare the post-closing trial balance
    4. Describe the accounting cycle
    5. Use the current ratio to evaluate business performance

    Merchandising Operations

    1. Describe merchandising operations and the two types of inventory systems
    2. Account for the purchase of merchandise inventory using a perpetual inventory system
    3. Account for the sale of merchandise inventory using a perpetual inventory system
    4. Adjust and close the accounts of a merchandising business
    5. Prepare a merchandiser’s financial statements
    6. Use the gross profit percentage to evaluate business performance

    Merchandise Inventory

    1. Identify accounting principles and controls related to merchandise inventory
    2. Account for merchandise inventory costs under a perpetual inventory system
    3. Compare the effects on the financial statements when using the different inventory costing methods
    4. Apply the lower-of-cost-or-market rule to merchandise inventory
    5. Measure the effects of merchandise inventory errors on the financial statements
    6. Use inventory turnover and days’ sales in inventory to evaluate business performance

    Internal Control & Cash

    1. Define internal control and describe the components of internal control and control procedures
    2. Apply internal controls to cash receipts
    3. Apply internal controls to cash payments
    4. Explain and journalize petty cash transactions
    5. Demonstrate the use of a bank account as a control device and prepare a bank reconciliation and related journal entries
    6. Use the cash ratio to evaluate business performance

    Receivables

    1. Define and explain common types of receivables and journalize sales on credit, credit card sales, and debit card sales
    2. Apply the direct write-off method for uncollectibles
    3. Apply the allowance method for uncollectibles and estimate bad debts expense based on the percent-of-sales, percent-of-receivables, and aging-of-receivables methods
    4. Account for notes receivable including computing interest and recording honored and dishonored notes
    5. Use the acid-test ratio, accounts receivable turnover ratio, and days’ sales in receivables to evaluate business performance

    Plant Assets, Natural Resources, & Intangibles

    1. Measure the cost of a plant asset.
    2. Account for depreciation using the straight-line, units-of-production, and double-declining-balance methods
    3. Journalize entries of the disposal of plant assets
    4. Account for natural resources
    5. Account for intangible assets
    6. Use the asset turnover ratio to evaluate performance

    Current Liabilities & Payroll

    1. Account for current liabilities of known amount
    2. Calculate and journalize basic payroll transactions
    3. Account for current liabilities that must be estimated
    4. Account for contingent liabilities
    5. Use the times-interest-earned ratio to evaluate business performance

    Long-Term Liabilities

    1. Journalize transactions for long-term notes payable and mortgages payable
    2. Describe bonds payable
    3. Journalize transactions for bonds payable and interest expense using the straight-line amortization method
    4. Journalize transactions to retire bonds payable
    5. Report liabilities on the balance sheet
    6. Use the debt to equity ratio to evaluate business performance

    Corporation

    1. Identify the characteristics of a corporation
    2. Journalize the issuance of stock
    3. Account for the purchase and sale of treasury stock
    4. Account for cash dividends, stock dividends, and stock splits
    5. Explain how net income and equity are reported for a corporation
    6. Use earnings per share, rate of return on common stock, and the price/earnings, ratio to evaluate business performance

    Primary Faculty
    Newman, Brian
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ACCT 1090 - Principles of Accounting 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ACCT 1080  

    Continuation of financial accounting and introduction to managerial accounting. Topics include statement of cash flow, statement analysis, accounting for a manufacturing concern, cost-volume-profit relationships, and budgeting.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify accounting theory at an introductory level.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify how depreciation expense would be used in a cash flow statement under the indirect method.
    2. Identify the relevant information for a special business decision.
    3. Identify how changes in volume affect costs.
    4. Distinguish financial accounting from management accounting.
    5. Distinguish among operating, investing, and financing cash flows.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply accounting techniques at an introductory level.

    Objectives:

    1. Using financial ratios, compute the acid-test ratio for a given year.
    2. Compute the ending balance in the work in process inventory account.
    3. Compute the number of units that must be sold to earn a targeted operating income.
    4. Compute the budgeted cash collections from customers for a given month
    5. Compute the accounting rate of return on an investment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    The Statement of Cash Flow

    1. Identify the purposes of the Statement.
    2. Distinguish among operating, investing, and financing flows.
    3. Prepare the statement by the direct method. (Appendix 1A)
    4. Prepare the statement by the indirect method.

    Financial Statement Analysis

    1. Explain how financial statements are used to analyze a business.
    2. Perform a horizontal analysis of financial statements.
    3. Perform a vertical analysis of financial statements.
    4. Compute and evaluate the standard financial ratios.
    5. Complete a corporate income statement including earnings per share (Appendix 2A).

    Introduction to Managerial Accounting

    1. Define managerial accounting and understand how it is used.
    2. Classify costs for service, merchandising, and manufacturing companies.
    3. Prepare an income statement and schedule of goods manufactured for a manufacturing company and calculate cost per item.
    4. Calculate cost per service for a service company and cost per item for a merchandising company.

    Job Order Costing

    1. Distinguish between job order costing and process costing.
    2. Record materials and labor costs in a job order costing system.
    3. Calculate the predetermined overhead allocation rate and allocate overhead costs.
    4. Record the completion and sales of finished goods.
    5. Adjust for over allocated and under allocated overhead.
    6. Calculate job costs for a service company.

    Process Costing

    1. Calculate equivalent units of production for direct materials and conversion costs.
    2. Prepare a production cost report using the weighted-average method.
    3. Prepare journal entries for a process costing system.
    4. Use a production cost report to make decisions.

    Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis

    1. Determine how changes in volume affect costs.
    2. Calculate operating income using contribution margin and contribution margin ratio.
    3. Use cost-volume-profit (CVP) analysis for profit planning.
    4. Use CVP analysis to perform sensitivity analysis.
    5. Use CVP analysis to calculate margin of safety, operating leverage, and multiproduct breakeven points.

    Master Budgets

    1. Describe budgeting objectives, benefits, and procedures and how human behavior influences budgeting.
    2. Define budget types and the components of the master budget.
    3. Prepare an operating budget for a manufacturing company.
    4. Prepare a financial budget for a manufacturing company.

    Flexible Budgets and Standard Costs Systems

    1. Prepare flexible budgets and performance reports using static and flexible budgets.
    2. Identify the benefits of a standard cost system and understand how standards are set.
    3. Compute the standard cost variances for direct materials and direct labor.
    4. Compute the standard cost variances for manufacturing overhead.
    5. Describe the relationship among and responsibility for the product cost variances.
    6. Record transactions in a standard cost system and prepare a standard cost income statement.

    Cost Allocation and Responsibility Accounting

    1. Assign direct costs and allocate indirect costs using predetermined overhead allocation rates with single and multiple allocation bases.
    2. Explain why companies decentralize and use responsibility accounting.
    3. Describe the purpose of performance evaluation systems and how the balanced scorecard helps companies evaluate performance.
    4. Use responsibility reports to evaluate cost, revenue, and profit centers.
    5. Use return on investment (ROI) and residual income (RI) to evaluate investment centers.

    Short-Term Business Decisions

    1. Identify information that is relevant for making short-term decisions.
    2. Make regular and special pricing decisions.
    3. Make decisions about dropping a product, product mix, and sales mix.
    4. Make outsourcing and processing further decisions.

    Chapter 11. Capital Investment Decisions

    1. Describe the importance of capital investments and the capital budgeting process.
    2. Use the payback and the accounting rate of return methods to make capital investment decisions.
    3. Use the time value of money to compute the present values of lump sums and annuities.
    4. Use discounted cash flow methods to make capital investment decisions

    Primary Faculty
    Newman, Brian
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ACCT 1150 - Microcomputer Applications in Accounting

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ACCT 1090 

    The student uses a microcomputer to complete accounting tasks and to solve various accounting problems. These accounting systems are studied: general ledger, accounts receivable, accounts payable, depreciation and payroll. In addition, a number of spreadsheet applications are covered.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use the Excel spreadsheet program to prepare reports, manipulate data, perform financial and statistical calculations, and other common tasks that accountants often must do on a day-to-day basis.

    Objectives:  1. Use basic Microsoft Excel functions

    1. Create a worksheet
    2. Create formulas and functions
    3. Create charts
    4. Manipulate a worksheet

    Objectives: 2. Perform accounting applications using Microsoft Excel

    1. Prepare an Income Statement and Balance Sheet
    2. Prepare a Bank Reconciliation
    3. Prepare a Depreciation Schedule
    4. Compute financial ratios
    5. Prepare a Software Amortization Loan schedule

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use an accounting program to carry out setting up accounts, recording of transactions, posting to accounts and preparing typical reports with these program modules: Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, Payroll and General Ledger.

    Objectives:

    1. Process sales and receivables
    2. Process payables and purchases
    3. Perform general accounting and end-of-period procedures
    4. Process payroll

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Microsoft Excel
      1. General Microsoft Excel Navigation
      2. Formulas and Functions
      3. Charts
      4. Database Tools
    2. Accounting Specific Applications using Microsoft Excel
      1. Income Statement and Balance Sheet
      2. Bank Reconciliation
      3. Statement of Cash Flows
      4. Depreciation Schedule
      5. General Financial Ratios
      6. Bond Amortization Schedule
    3. Accounting Software
      1. Introduction to Computers and the Software
      2. Service Business
      3. Sales and Receivables
      4. Payables and Purchases
      5. End-of-Period Procedures
    4. Merchandising Business
      1. Sales and Receivables
      2. Payables and Purchases
      3. End-of-Period Procedures
      4. Payroll
      5. Computerizing a Manual Accounting System

    Primary Faculty
    Jex, Fred
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ACCT 2150 - Computer Accounting With QuickBooks

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ACCT 1080  and ACCT 1090 

    Corequisites: None

    This is an introductory course in the application of basic accounting knowledge and theory in QuickBooks Pro software. Topics include creating a chart of accounts, recording customer and vendor transactions, processing payroll, and creating reports. In addition, students will learn how to set up a new company. This course builds upon knowledge of basic accounting principles. Upon successful completion of the course, students will have the requisite knowledge to pass the QuickBooks exam and become certified as a QuickBooks Certified User (QBCU).

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome #1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to summarize why accounting software applications are powerful tools used in performing the accounting function.

    Objectives: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. 1. Explain the basic hardware components needed for a microcomputer accounting system.                          
    2. 2.Differentiate between a manual accounting information system and a computerized accounting information system.
    3.  

    Outcome #2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain how accounting applications are used in performing the accounting function.

    Objectives: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. 1. Enter given accounting transaction data properly according to specific accounting software application instructions.
    2. 2. Perform file management tasks including file backup and restore.
    3. 3. Navigate QuickBooks Desktop using QuickBooks exploration tools.

     

    Outcome #3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform accounting functions for existing companies in QuickBooks

    Objectives: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. Organize an existing chart of accounts.
    2. Evaluate and record banking activities.
    3. Perform customer sales transactions.
    4. Document vendor and purchases transactions.
    5. Demonstrate methods of accounting for inventories.
    6. Record payroll activities.
    7. Demonstrate the preparation of financial statements.

     

    Outcome #4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform accounting functions for a new company in QuickBooks.

    Objectives: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. Formulate a chart of accounts.
    2. Evaluate banking activities.
    3. Perform customer sales transactions.
    4. Perform vendor and purchases transactions.
    5. Demonstrate methods of accounting for inventories.
    6. Record payroll activities.
    7. Demonstrate the preparation of financial statements.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    I. QuickBooks Quick Tour: Navigation and Settings

        a. Provide a tour of QuickBooks desktop using QuickBooks navigation tools

        b. Demonstrate how to restore starter files and how to create backup files

    II. QuickBooks Chart of Accounts

        a. Customize QuickBooks chart of account to meet specific business needs

    III. QuickBooks Transactions

        a. Identify the various types of transactions entered into QuickBooks, including banking, customer, vendor, and employee transactions

    IV. Banking

         a. Demonstrate how to record deposits, writing checks, matching bank transactions, and reconcile bank statements

    V. Customers and Sales

         a. Demonstrate how to record customer transactions

         b. Create invoices and record customer payments

    VI. Vendors and Expenses

         a. Record vendor transactions, such as recording operating expenses

    VII. Inventory

         a. Record accounting transactions related to inventory

         b. Create purchase orders for the purchase of inventory, receiving inventory items, and entering/paying bills for inventory

    VIII. Employees and Payroll

         a. Monitor time tracking

         b. Process payroll using QuickBooks payroll service

    IX. QuickBooks Adjustments

          a. Create a trial balance

          b. Enter adjusting journal entries

    X. QuickBooks Reports

         a. Complete the accounting cycle

         b. Examine QuickBooks reports, such as memorized reports

    XI. QuickBooks Service Companies

         a. Demonstrate how to set up a new company in QuickBooks

         b. Create customer, vendor, and item lists

         c. Enter transactions for a service company


    Primary Faculty
    Chirco, John
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ACCT 2180 - Intermediate Accounting 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ACCT 1090 

    Review of the accounting process and theory. Coverage in detail of cash and temporary investments, receivables, inventories, long-term investments in stocks, and tangible and intangible assets.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify accounting theory at a paraprofessional level.

    Objectives: Given a set of exam questions, the student will be able to:

    1. Identify generally accepted accounting principles.
    2. Identify how items are reported on an Income Statement.
    3. Identify how items are reported on a Balance Sheet.
    4. Explain accounting for receivables.
    5. Describe accounting for Property, Plant & Equipment.
    6. Define accounting for Natural Resources.
    7. Explain accounting for Intangible Assets.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply accounting techniques at a paraprofessional level.

    Objectives: Given a set of exam questions, the student will be able to:

    1. Describe how cash items are reported.
    2. Compute a dollar value for inventory.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    The Accounting Information System

    1. Understand basic accounting information system
    2. Identify and perform steps in the accounting cycle
    3. Differentiate the cash basis of accounting from the accrual basis
    4. Understand the difference between adjusting, closing and reversing entries

    Income Statement and Related Information

    1. Understand the uses and limitations of an income statement
    2. Understand the reporting of accounting changes and errors
    3. Explain how to report irregular items
    4. Explain intraperiod tax allocation
    5. Explain how to report other comprehensive income
    6. Prepare an income statement and statement of retained earnings

    Balance Sheet and Statement of Cash Flows

    1. Explain the uses and limitations of a balance sheet
    2. Prepare a balance sheet and statement of cash flows
    3. Identify the purpose and content of the statement of cash flows
    4. Understand the usefulness of the statement of cash flows
    5. Determine which balance sheet information requires supplemental disclosure
    6. Use ratios to analyze financial performance

    Accounting and the Time Value of Money

    1. Identify accounting topics where the time value of money is relevant
    2. Distinguish between simple and compound interest
    3. Understand the difference between present and future value
    4. Understand the difference between an ordinary annuity and an annuity due
    5. Solve future value and present value problems

    Cash and receivables

    1. Identify items considered cash and cash equivalents
    2. Define receivables and identify the different types of receivables
    3. Explain accounting issues related to recognition and valuation of receivables
    4. Explain the fair value option
    5. Describe how to report and analyze receivables
    6. Understand internal controls as it pertains to cash

    Valuation of inventories: a cost basics approach

    1. Understand inventory classifications and different inventory systems
    2. Determine the goods and costs included in inventory
    3. Identify the effects of inventory errors on the financial statements
    4. Describe and compare the cost flow assumptions used to account for inventories
    5. Identify special issues related to LIFO
    6. Understand why companies select given inventory methods

    Inventories: additional valuation issues

    1. Describe and apply the lower-of-cost or net realizable value rule
    2. Explain when companies use the relative sales value method to value inventories
    3. Discuss accounting methods related to purchase commitments
    4. Determine ending inventory by applying the gross profit method
    5. Determine existing inventory by applying the retail inventory method
    6. Explain how to report and analyze inventory

    Acquisition and disposition of property, plant and equipment

    1. Identify the costs to include in initial valuation of property, plant and equipment
    2. Describe the accounting problems with self-constructed assets
    3. Describe the accounting problems with interest capitalization
    4. Understand the accounting issues related to acquiring and valuing plant assets
    5. Describe the accounting treatment for the disposal of property, plant and equipment
    6. Describe the accounting treatment for costs subsequent to acquisition

    Depreciation, impairments and depletion

    1. Understand depreciation concepts and methods of depreciation
    2. Explain special depreciation methods and other depreciation issues
    3. Explain the accounting issues related to asset impairment
    4. Explain the accounting procedures for depletion of natural resources
    5. Explain how to report and analyze property, plant, equipment and natural resources
    6. Understand income tax depreciation

    Intangible Assets

    1. Describe the characteristics, valuation, and amortization of intangible assets
    2. Describe the accounting for various types of intangible assets
    3. Explain the accounting issues recording goodwill
    4. Explain impairment procedures and presentation requirements for intangible assets
    5. Describe accounting and presentation for research and development and similar costs

    Accounting Changes and Error Analysis

    1. Identify types of accounting changes and understand the accounting for changes in accounting principles
    2. Describe the accounting for changes in estimates and changes in reporting entity
    3. Describe the accounting for correction of errors
    4. Analyze the effect of errors

    Statement of Cash Flows

    1. Describe the usefulness and format of the statement of cash flows
    2. Prepare a statement of cash flows (direct and indirect format)
    3. Contrast the direct and indirect methods of calculating net cash flow from operating activities
    4. Discuss special problems in prepare a statement of cash flows

    Primary Faculty
    Newman, Brian
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ACCT 2190 - Intermediate Accounting 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ACCT 2180 

    ACCT 2190 is strongly recommended for students who plan on transferring to a senior college which accepts ACCT 2190. Analysis of current, contingent, and long-term liabilities including bonds, pensions, and leases. Extensive coverage of corporations and stockholders equity including capital at and after formation, retained earnings and appropriations, cash flow statements, and analysis of statements.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply accounting techniques at a paraprofessional level.

    Objectives:

    1. Account for current & long-term liabilities
    2. Compute EPS for a simple & complex capital structure
    3. Account for long-term stock & bond investments
    4. Account for reporting requirements for pension plans
    5. Prepare a Statement of Cash Flow using the direct & indirect methods

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify accounting theory at a paraprofessional level.

    Objectives:

    1. Account for stockholder equity
    2. Define full disclosure & revenue recognition principles
    3. Account for income tax according to FASB
    4. Account for capital leases by the lessee & lessor
    5. Account for changes in principles, estimates, & error correction

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Current Liabilities and Contingencies

    1. Describe the nature, valuation and reporting of current liabilities
    2. Explain the classification issues of short-term debt expected to be refinanced
    3. Explain the accounting for gain and loss contingencies
    4. Indicate how to present and analyze liabilities and contingencies

    Long-term Liabilities

    1. Describe the nature of bonds and indicate the accounting for bond issuances
    2. Describe the accounting for extinguishment of debt
    3. Explain the accounting for long-term notes payable
    4. Describe the accounting for the fair value option
    5. Indicate how to present and analyze long-term debt

    Stockholders’ Equity

    1. Describe the corporate form and the issuance of shares of stock
    2. Describe the accounting and reporting for reacquisition of shares
    3. Understand the accounting and reporting issues related to dividends
    4. Indicate how to present and analyze stockholders’ equity

    Dilutive Securities and Earnings per Share

    1. Describe the accounting for the issuance, conversion and retirement of convertible securities
    2. Contrast the accounting for stock warrants and for stock warrants issued with other securities
    3. Describe the accounting and reporting for stock compensation plans
    4. Compute basic EPS and diluted EPS

    Investments

    1. Understand the accounting for investments in debt securities
    2. Understand the accounting for investments in equity securities
    3. Explain the equity and consolidation methods of accounting
    4. Evaluate other major issues related to investments in debt and equity securities

    Revenue Recognition

    1. Understand the fundamental concepts related to revenue recognition
    2. Understand and apply the five-step revenue recognition process
    3. Apply the five-step process to major revenue recognition issues
    4. Describe presentation and disclosure regarding revenue

    Accounting for Income Taxes

    1. Understand the fundamentals of accounting for income taxes
    2. Identify additional issues in accounting for income taxes
    3. Explain the accounting for loss carrybacks and loss carryforwards
    4. Describe the presentation of deferred income taxes in financial statements

    Accounting for Pensions and Postretirement Benefits

    1. Understand the fundamentals of pension plan accounting
    2. Use a worksheet for employer’s pension plan entries
    3. Describe the accounting and amortization of prior service costs
    4. Explain the accounting and amortization for unexpected gains and losses
    5. Describe the requirements for reporting pension plans in financial statements

    Accounting for Leases

    1. Explain the nature, economic substance, and advantages of lease transactions
    2. Describe the accounting for leases by lessees
    3. Describe the accounting for leases by lessors
    4. Describe the accounting and reporting for special features of lease arrangements

    Primary Faculty
    Newman, Brian
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ACCT 2270 - Managerial Accounting

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ACCT 1090 

    Accumulation of information useful to management in a variety of decision-making situations. Emphasizes manufacturing accounting, cost-volume relations, relevant costs, budgeting, and standard cost system, and quantitative techniques in managerial accounting.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply managerial accounting techniques at a paraprofessional level.

    Objectives: Given a set of exam questions, the student will be able to:

    1. Describe the role of management accountants in an organization.
    2. Compute a predetermined overhead rate and use the rate to assign overhead to work in process.
    3. Compute the present value of future cash flows.
    4. Prepare an operating budget.
    5. Compute the materials price and usage variances and explain how they are used for control.
    6. Compute the labor rate and efficiency variances and explain how they are used for control.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify accounting theory at a paraprofessional level.

    Objectives: Given a set of exam questions, the student will be able to:

    1. Explain the difference between variable and fixed cost behavior.
    2. Compute the cost per equivalent unit.
    3. Explain why activity-based costing produces more accurate product costs.
    4. Define and explain the concepts of step-variable and step-fixed costs.
    5. Compute the break-even point and targeted profit levels for a multiple-product setting.
    6. Explain the differences between variable costing and absorption costing.
    7. Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant costs.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. The Role, History, and Direction of Management Accounting
    2. Cost Concepts and Terminology
    3. Job-Order Costing
    4. Process Costing
    5. Product Costing and Cost Management: The Advanced Manufacturing Environment
    6. Special Pricing Decisions and Cost Behavior
    7. Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis
    8. Variable Costing
    9. Relevant Costs for Special Decisions
    10. Capital Budgeting: Long-Run Investment Decisions
    11. Budgeting for Planning and Control
    12. Standard Costing: A Managerial Control Tool

    Primary Faculty
    Newman, Brian
    Secondary Faculty
    Jex, Fred
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ACCT 2300 - Federal Income Tax-Individual

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ACCT 1080  or 2 years work experience in accounting

    Orientation to current federal tax laws and techniques in filing annual U.S. individual income tax returns. Provides practical experience in preparation of annual returns and a basic foundation for further study in the tax field.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be familiar with federal income tax law and theory as it applies to most individual filers.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the principles used to determine who is taxed on a particular item of income, under both the cash and accrual methods of reporting.
    2. Apply IRS rules to determine whether items such as compensation, dividends, Social Security and pensions and annuities are taxable.
    3. Discuss the criteria for determining whether an activity is a hobby or a trade or business, and determine the tax consequences of vacation homes.
    4. Compute the phase-outs of the itemized deduction, the personal exemption, and the child tax credit.
    5. Discuss the tax treatment and requirements for various deferred compensation arrangement, including IRAs and 401(k)s.

    Outcome 2:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare a fairly complex tax return including Form 1040 and Schedules A, B, C, D, E, SE and 2106.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine the amount and correct number of personal and dependency exemptions.
    2. Determine the correct filing status of individuals, and the amount allowable for the standard deduction.
    3. Determine whether specific exclusions are available, including employment-related fringe benefit items.
    4. Distinguish between deductions for and from AGI, and discuss the criteria for deducting business and investment expenses.
    5. List substantiation requirements for deducting travel and entertainment expenses, and know how to show them.
    6. Identify and determine the timing of itemized deductions for individuals, including medical, taxes, interest, charitable, and miscellaneous.
    7. Identify deductible moving, education, and office in the home expenses.

    Outcome 3:
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare a Michigan tax return based on the same data, with similar competence.

    Objectives:

    1. Be able to prepare a Michigan 1040, and related schedules, such as CR, Tuition Credit, and Homestead Credit.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1.  
      1. Chapter 1 Introduction to Taxation
      2. Chapter 2 Determination of Tax
      3. Chapter 3 Gross Income: Concepts & Inclusions
    2.   
      1. C hapter 4 Gross Income: Exclusions
      2. Chapter 15 Tax Research, Tax research problem assigned
      3. Chapter 5 Property Transactions: Capital Gain & Loss
      4. Chapter 6 Deduction & Losses
    3.  
      1. Chapter 7 Itemized Deductions
      2. Chapter 8 Losses & Bad Debts
      3. Chapter 9 Employee Expenses & Deferred Compensation
    4.  
      1. Chapter 10 Depreciation & Cost Recovery
      2. Chapter 11 Accounting Periods & Methods
      3. Chapter 12 Property Transactions: Nontaxable Exchanges
      4. Chapter 13 Property Transactions: Section 1231 and Re- capture
      5. Chapter 14 Special Tax Computation Methods, Tax Credits and Payment of Tax

    Primary Faculty
    Jex, Fred
    Secondary Faculty
    Newman, Brian
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Advanced Processes

  
  • ATAP 1030 - Feeds, Speeds, & Advanced Tools

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the student advanced cutting tool technologies, such as proper selection of tools for CNC mills and lathes, optimum feedrate, spindle speed, surface feet per minute calculations, maximum depth of cut, side steps, high speed machining, and hard milling and turning. The student will also learn the importance of tool geometries.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to select mill and lathe tools for CNC high speed machining.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilize rake geometry (positive and negative) for proper cutting methods.
    2. Know which tools to select for rough and finish machining operations.
    3. Know the proper use and difference between climb and conventional milling.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will know how to select proper tools and cutting grades for CNC high speed machining.

    Objectives:

    1. Select proper carbide grades.
    2. Know how to use indexable and solid cutting tools.
    3. Select tools based on workpiece materials types.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be know how to calculate feedrate, spindle speed, horsepower, and torque calculations for CNC high speed machining.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate surface feet per minute.
    2. Calculate spindle speed calculations.
    3. Calculate federate calculations.
    4. Calculate radial chip thinning.
    5. Calculate horsepower calculations.
    6. Calculate torque calculations.
    7. Calculate chip load.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Tool Geometry
    2. Components of High Speed Machining
    3. Feed, Speed, Torque Calculations
    4. Tool Material Selection
    5. Advanced Mill Tool Geometry
    6. Advanced Turning Tool Geometry

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 1050 - CNC Essentials

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATAP 2912)

    This lecture and lab course covers shop floor and CNC essentials necessary to subsist in today’s digital manufacturing setting. Students will employ MS Windows with advanced manufacturing and CNC applications. Topics include file creation, file management, spreadsheets for setup and tooling sheets, operation of all CNC Mil and Lathe controls in the lab, and shop floor inspection. This course prepares students for all ATAP coursework.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to perform basic computer functions using PC Windows.

    Objectives:

    1. Turn on a PC and navigate Windows.
    2. Perform basic file management functions, such as create, rename, and move filenames and folders, move and copy files from drive to drive, including use of external drives, such as memory sticks.
    3. Email files to the instructor and open emails from the instructor.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to identify the fundamentals of Computer Numeric Control.

    Objectives:

    1. The student will apply CNC mills and lathe machines in industry with 80% accuracy.
    2. Given a part print, the student will map coordinates onto the Cartesian coordinate system with 80% accuracy.
    3. Given previously developed CNC programs, the student will read and interpret CNC mill and lathe programs with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to apply the proper cutting tool technology to CNC applications.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a manufacturing application, the student will identify basic and advanced cutting tools used in CNC applications with 80% accuracy.
    2. Given a cart of CNC tool holders, the student will identify basic tool holders used in CNC mill and lathe applications.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to operate the CNC controls in the lab, including mill and lathe.

    Objecives:

    1. Given a variety of CNC mills and lathes, the student will power up and power down each machine with 80% accuracy.
    2. Given a variety of CNC mills and lathes, the student will upload and download files to and from CNC controls with 80% accuracy.
    3. Given a variety of CNC mills and lathes, the student will simulate programs with 80% accuracy.
    4. Given a variety of CNC mills and lathes, the student will load and unload tools into the magazine pouches and turrets.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to measure parts using precision measuring equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an inch and metric micrometer, the student will measure with 80% accuracy.
    2. Given a dial caliper, the student will measure with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Computer functions
      1. Power on and navigate PC Windows
      2. File management
      3. Upload to and from CNC control panels
      4. Email
    2. Computer Numeric Control applications
      1. Overview of CNC mills and lathes
      2. Cartesian coordinate system
      3. Introduction to CNC programming
    3. Advanced cutting tool technology
      1. Identification of cutting tools
      2. CNC mill and lathe tool holders
    4. CNC operation
      1. CNC Mill, Lathe
      2. Upload and download files
      3. Simulate programs
      4. Load and unload tools
    5. Basic measuring tools
      1. Inch and metric micrometers
      2. Dial calipers

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2010 - Drafting-2D CAD with MasterCAM

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the general concepts of two dimensional modeling and drafting using MasterCAM. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn basic two-dimensional modeling skills. Beginning with 2D wireframe construction, students will learn the interface and how to design basic models. These models are then used to create drawings, complete with dimensions and annotations. Terminology used in the field of CAD will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to navigate through the user interface.

    Objectives:

    1. Zoom, pan, and rotate.
    2. Manipulate pulldown menus and icons.
    3. Import and Export various file types.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to construct two-dimensional geometry from prints and theories of geometry.

    Objectives:

    1. Create points, lines, arcs, and splines.
    2. Create tangent curves.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to organize geometry.

    Objectives:

    1. Move geometry to levels.
    2. Modify entity attributes (color, line weight, and line style).

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to modify geometry.

    Objectives:

    1. Trim geometry.
    2. Break geometry.
    3. Delete entities.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to transform geometry.

    Objectives:

    1. Move and copy entities.
    2. Rotate entities

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. CAD Interface and Basic Layout
    2. Visualization, Zoom, Pan, and Rotate Shaded Models
    3. 2D Design Concepts
    4. Edit Geometry
    5. Basic Drawing Layout using the Drafting Module

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2020 - Art-To-Part-Digital Art to 3D CNC Machining

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the general concepts of Art-to-Part using specialized CAD software. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn basic skills necessary to convert two-dimensional digital pictures into three-dimensional CAD data for surface machining. Toolpaths will be generated and parts will be machined using CNC Machine Tools and lasers. Terminology used in the field of CAD/CAM will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to navigate through the user interface.

    Objectives:

    1. Zoom, pan, rotate, and shade.
    2. Manipulate the pulldown menus and icons.
    3. Organize CAD entities by layers.
    4. Import and export various file types.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to convert artwork into digital format.

    Objectives:

    1. Understand digital formats.
    2. Scan hardcopy drawings and photos into digital format.
    3. Download picture files from internet.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create clean vector data for machining and relief creation.

    Objectives:

    1. Create lines, arcs, splines, and polygonal shapes.
    2. Edit and manipulate vectors.
    3. Convert pixel data to vectors.
    4. Create text data.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create and modify relief (tessellated surfaces) from vectors.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilize the shape editor to extrude vectors.
    2. Create surfaces using sweep command.
    3. Smooth surfaces using texturing tools
    4. Offset surfaces to create molds.
    5. Add special textures to surfaces.
    6. Wrap surfaces onto geometric shapes.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to program toolpaths for CNC machining.

    Objectives:

    1. Create 2D profiles and pocket operations.
    2. Create rough and finish surface machining operations.
    3. Post process toolpath data to CNC machines.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. CAD Interface and Basic Layout
    2. Visualization, Zoom, Pan, and Rotate shaded models
    3. Design Concepts
    4. Convert general 2D digital pictures to 3D CAD data
    5. Convert digital photos of human faces into 3D CAD data
    6. Create and edit surface data
    7. Create and edit text (fonts)
    8. “Wrap” two dimensional data around a cylindrical surface
    9. Basic Drawing layout using the Drafting Module
    10. CAM Interface and Basic Layout
    11. Basic CNC 3D Toolpath Creation, including rough and finish surface machining
    12. Toolpath Simulation and Verification
    13. Toolpath Post Processing
    14. 14. CNC Machining in the lab

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2030 - 2D MasterCAM-Mill Programming & Machining

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the general concepts of MasterCAM for milling. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn basic two-dimensional toolpath skills. Beginning with 2D wireframe construction, students will learn the interface and how to design basic models. These models are then used to create drawings and 2D CNC mill toolpaths using the CAM module. Terminology used in the field of CAD/CAM will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to navigate through the MasterCAM user interface.

    Objectives:

    1. Zoom, pan, rotate, and shade.
    2. Manipulate the pulldown menus and icons.
    3. Organize CAD entities by layers.
    4. Import and export various file types.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create two dimensional toolpath operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Define drilling operations.
    2. Define profiling operations.
    3. Define pocketing operations.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to edit toolpath operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Modify cutting parameters.
    2. Modify geometric chains.
    3. Modify tool conditions.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to post-process toolpath operations to CNC machines.

    Objectives:

    1. Setup post-processing conditions.
    2. Check post processed file for accuracy.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to simulate toolpath operations for final verification.

    Objectives:

    1. Backplot toolpath operations.
    2. Compare toolpath operations to CAD model.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. CAD Interface and Basic Layout
    2. Visualization, Zoom, Pan, and Rotate shaded models
    3. Design Concepts
    4. Basic Drawing layout using the Drafting Module
    5. CAM Interface and Basic Layout
    6. Basic CNC 2D Toolpath Creation, including profile, drill, and pocket
    7. Toolpath Simulation and Verification
    8. Toolpath Post Processing
    9. CNC Machining in the lab

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2310 - CNC Mill G & M Programming & CNC Machining

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the general concepts of CNC Mill Programming. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn offline programming, shop floor programming, and the principles of 2-1/2 axis CNC milling. Profiling, facing, drilling, reaming, tapping, threading and pocketing cycles will be emphasized, accompanied by demonstrations, student programming, and hands-on setup and machine operation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to program and debug two-dimensional CNC mill toolpath operations using Fanuc compatible G&M code programming language.

    Objectives:

    1. Program drilling operations.
    2. Program rough and finish profile operations.
    3. Utilize absolute and incremental style programming.
    4. Program subroutines and subprograms.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to program tool offsets.

    Objectives:

    1. Define tool length offsets.
    2. Define cutter diameter compensation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to verify toolpath programs prior to machining.

    Objectives:

    1. Simulate programs on the machine controller.
    2. Simulate programs using stand-alone simulators.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to operate CNC milling machine tools.

    Objectives:

    1. Upload CNC programs.
    2. Setup tool length and cutter diameter compensation offsets.
    3. Setup fixture offsets.
    4. Run programs.
    5. Edit, debug, and rerun programs.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. CNC Mill Control Units
      1. Discuss the following topics
        1. Memory Management
        2. Program Management
    2. Applied Operation of the following topics:
      1. Editing
      2. Program Saving
      3. Program Deletion
      4. Program Run
      5. Tool Offsetting
      6. Uploading Procedures
      7. Downloading Procedures
    3. CNC Mill Programming
      1. The Cartesian coordinate system
        1. As used to relate the Machine to the Part
        2. As used to relate the Cutting Tool to the Part generated by the program
      2. Manual Programming
        1. M & G Code Formats using ISO Programming
        2. Incremental Positioning
        3. Absolute Positioning
        4. Specific Control Formats
        5. Cutting Tool Compensation
      3. Advance Techniques
        1. Sub-programs
        2. Coordinate system rotation
        3. Mirroring
        4. Datum offsets
        5. Multiple Part Programming
        6. Incremental repeat programming
    4. CNC Mill Operation
      1. Mill Start up and Grid Procedures
      2. Program Run Procedures
      3. Basic Mill Set-Up Procedures
      4. Tool Changing Procedures
      5. Setting Tool Length Offsets

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2320 - CNC Lathe G & M Programming & CNC Machining

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the general concepts of CNC Lathe Programming and Machining. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn offline programming, shop floor programming, and the principles of 2 axis CNC turning. Turning, facing, grooving, and threading will be emphasized, accompanied by demonstrations, student programming, and hands-on setup and machine operation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to program and debug CNC lathe toolpath operations using Fanuc compatible G&M code programming language.

    Objectives:

    1. Program rough and finish facing operations.
    2. Program rough and finish OD profile operations.
    3. Program OD threading operations.
    4. Utilize absolute and incremental style programming.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to program tool offsets.

    Objectives:

    1. Define tool length offsets.
    2. Define cutter diameter compensation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to verify toolpath programs prior to machining.

    Objectives:

    1. Simulate programs on the machine controller.
    2. Simulate programs using stand-alone simulators.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to operate CNC milling machine tools.

    Objectives:

    1. Upload CNC programs.
    2. Setup tool length and cutter diameter compensation offsets.
    3. Setup fixture offsets.
    4. Run programs.
    5. Edit, debug, and rerun programs

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. CNC Lathe Control Units
      1. Discuss the following topics
        1. Memory Management
        2. Program Management
    2. Applied Operation of the following topics
      1. Editing
      2. Program Saving
      3. Program Deletion
      4. Program Run
      5. Tool Offsetting
      6. Uploading Procedures
      7. Downloading Procedures
    3. CNC Lathe Programming
      1. The Cartesian coordinate system
        1. As used to relate the Machine to the Part
        2. As used to relate the Cutting Tool to the Part generated by the program
      2. Manual Programming
        1. M & G Code Formats using ISO Programming
        2. Incremental Positioning
        3. Absolute Positioning
        4. Specific Control Formats
        5. Cutting Tool Compensation
      3. Advance Techniques
        1. Datum offsets
        2. Incremental repeat programming
    4. CNC Lathe Operation
      1. Lathe Start up and Grid Procedures
      2. Program Run Procedures
      3. Basic Lathe Set-Up Procedures
      4. Tool Changing Procedures
      5. Setting Tool Length Offsets

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2330 - EDM RAM-G & M Programming & Machining

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the general concepts of RAM Electrical Discharge Machining, a method involving electrical discharges between an electrode and a conductive workpiece to remove material in a non-conventional manner. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn multiple EDM skills, beginning with an overview of EDM technology, followed by electrode material selection, proper design of electrodes, spark gap theory, and the principles of 2D and 3D electrode orbiting. Terminology used in the field of RAM, Wire, and Fast Hole EDM will be emphasized, accompanied by demonstrations, student programming, and EDM setup and operation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify RAM EDM burn areas.

    Objectives:

    1. Sharpen corners previously left round from milling operations.
    2. Burn deep areas that conventional machining methods cannot perform.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to design RAM EDM electrodes.

    Objectives:

    1. Select proper grade of graphite.
    2. Use existing CAD surfaces.
    3. Extend electrode surfaces for clearance.
    4. List burn locations for RAM EDM operation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to machine RAM EDM electrodes.

    Objectives:

    1. Create and run CNC programs.
    2. Drill holes for flush.
    3. Mount in holders.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to program RAM EDM machines.

    Objectives:

    1. Define proper power settings.
    2. Determine proper spark gap size.
    3. Compare negative and positive polarity settings.
    4. Design for speed, wear, or finish requirements.
    5. Program burn locations.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to setup and operate RAM EDM machines.

    Objectives:

    1. Setu workpiece.
    2. Define X0 Y0 Z0.
    3. Dry run programs.
    4. Execute live programs.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. EDM Overview
      1. History
      2. RAM EDM
      3. Spark Gap Theory
    2. RAM EDM Setup and Operation
      1. EDM Startup and Grid Procedures
      2. Mounting an electrode into a RAM EDM
      3. Setting work zero
    3. CNC RAM EDM Operation
      1. Start up and Grid Procedures
      2. Program Run Procedures
      3. Basic Set-Up Procedures
    4. Manual Programming
      1. G & M code programming

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2340 - EDM WIRE-G & M Programming & Machining

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the general concepts of Wire Electrical Discharge Machining, a method involving electrical discharges between a wire and a conductive workpiece to remove material in a non-conventional manner. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn multiple EDM skills, beginning with an overview of Wire EDM technology, followed by wire selection, spark gap theory, and the principles of rough cuts and skim passes. Terminology used in the field of Wire EDM will be emphasized, accompanied by demonstrations, student programming, and EDM setup and operation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify areas to wire EDM.

    Objectives:

    1. Follow CAD contours.
    2. Wire through hole locations.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to program Wire EDM machines.

    Objectives:

    1. Define proper grade of wire.
    2. Define power settings.
    3. Determine proper spark gap size.
    4. Design for Speed, wear, or finish requirements.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to setup and operate Wire EDM machines.

    Objectives:

    1. Setup workpiece.
    2. Define X0 Y0 Z0
    3. Execute live programs.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Wire EDM Overview
      1. History
      2. Wire EDM
      3. Spark Gap Theory
    2. Wire EDM Setup and Operation
      1. Wire EDM Startup and Grid Procedures
      2. Threading the wire into a Wire EDM
      3. Setting work zero
    3. Wire EDM Operation
      1. Wire EDM Start up and Grid Procedures
      2. Program Run Procedures
      3. Basic Wire EDM Set-Up Procedures
    4. Manual Programming and CAM
      1. G & M code programming
      2. CAM programming

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2350 - 3D MasterCAM-Die/Mold CNC Machining

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAP 2030 

    This course teaches the advanced concepts of MasterCAM milling. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn advanced CAD/CAM modeling skills. Students will design 3D models. These models are then used to create CNC 3D toolpaths using the CAM module. Terminology used in the field of CAD/CAM will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to navigate through the MasterCAM user interface.

    Objectives:

    1. Zoom, pan, rotate, and shade.
    2. Manipulate the pull down menus and icons.
    3. Organize CAD entities by layers.
    4. Import and export various file types.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create three-dimensional geometry.

    Objectives:

    1. Define 3D surface geometry.
    2. Define 3D solid model geometry.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create three dimensional toolpath operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Define rough machining operations.
    2. Define wide variety of finish machine operations.
    3. Define pencil-milling operations.
    4. Define remachine-milling operations.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to edit toolpath operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Modify cutting parameters.
    2. Modify geometric chains.
    3. Modify tool conditions.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to post-process toolpath operations to CNC machines.

    Objectives:

    1. Setup post-processing conditions.
    2. Check post processed file for accuracy.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to simulate toolpath operations for final verification.

    Objectives:

    1. Backplot toolpath operations.
    2. Compare toolpath operations to CAD model.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. CAD Interface and Basic Layout
    2. Visualization, Zoom, Pan, and Rotate shaded models
    3. Design Concepts
    4. Parametric design and constraints
    5. Solid Modeling
    6. Basic Drawing layout using the Drafting Module
    7. Exporting Data to CAM and other applications
    8. CAM Interface and Basic Layout
    9. Basic CNC 2D Toolpath Creation, including profile, drill, and pocket
    10. Basic CNC 3D Toolpath Creation, including rough and finish surface machining
    11. Toolpath Simulation and Verification
    12. Toolpath Post Processing
    13. CNC Machining in the lab

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2360 - 3D Cimatron CAD/CAM-Die/Mold Machining

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the general concepts of Cimatron CAD/CAM milling. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn basic CAD/CAM modeling skills. Beginning with Solids, students will learn the interface and how to design basic models. These models are then used to create drawings and CNC toolpaths using the CAM module. Terminology used in the field of CAD/CAM will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to navigate through the Cimatron user interface.

    Objectives:

    1. Zoom, pan, rotate, and shade.
    2. Manipulate the pulldown menus and icons.
    3. Organize CAD entities by sets.
    4. Import and export various file types.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create 2D geometry using the sketcher.

    Objectives:

    1. Define points, lines, arcs, and rectangles.
    2. Import sketches from library.
    3. Edit sketches.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create three-dimensional solid model geometry.

    Objectives:

    1. Add and remove extrusions to solid model.
    2. Create three-dimensional surfaces.
    3. Create text geometry.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create two-dimensional toolpath operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Define profile-machining operations.
    2. Define pocket machine operations.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to edit toolpath operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Modify cutting parameters.
    2. Modify geometric chains.
    3. Modify tool conditions.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to postprocess toolpath operations to CNC machines.

    Objectives:

    1. Setup post-processing conditions.
    2. Check post processed file for accuracy.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to simulate toolpath operations for final verification.

    Objectives:

    1. Simulate procedures in wireframe and shaded modes.
    2. Compare toolpath operations to CAD model.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. CAD Interface and Basic Layout
    2. Visualization, Zoom, Pan, and Rotate shaded models
    3. Design Concepts
    4. Parametric design and constraints
    5. Solid Modeling
    6. Basic Drawing layout using the Drafting Module
    7. Exporting Data to CAM and other applications
    8. CAM Interface and Basic Layout
    9. Basic CNC 2D Toolpath Creation, including profile, drill, and pocket
    10. Basic CNC 3D Toolpath Creation, including rough and finish surface machining
    11. Toolpath Simulation and Verification
    12. Toolpath Post Processing
    13. CNC Machining in the lab

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2370 - 3D Computer Aided Mold/Electrode Design

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAP 2360  

    This course teaches the general concepts of electrode design and manufacture, along with mold (tool) design using Cimatron CAD/CAM software. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will design electrodes for use in the Electrical Discharge Machining industry. The student will also learn how to design mold tooling and mold bases using Cimatron CAD/CAM. Terminology used in the field of Mold Design will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to navigate through the Cimatron user interface.

    Objectives:

    1. Zoom, pan, rotate, and shade.
    2. Manipulate the pull down menus and icons.
    3. Organize CAD entities by sets.
    4. Import and export various file types.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create advanced three-dimensional geometry.

    Objectives:

    1. Define 3D wireframe surfaces.
    2. Define sketches and 3D solid models.
    3. Define runoff surfaces used in the mold industry.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to design EDM electrodes from CAD model.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify EDM geometry.
    2. Define EDM parameters.
    3. Create drawings for each electrode.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to design mold tools using Cimatron functionality.

    Objectives:

    1. Design mold bases from libraries.
    2. Design tooling geometry.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define 3D toolpath operations for CNC machines.

    Objectives:

    1. Define rough machining procedures.
    2. Define finish machining procedures.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to stimulate toolpath operations for final verification.

    Objectives:

    1. Simulate procedures in wireframe and shaded modes.
    2. Compare toolpath operations to CAD model.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Three dimensional surface modeling
    2. Three dimensional solid modeling
    3. Solid mold bases
    4. Electrode design and extraction
    5. 3D rough and finish toollpaths
    6. 3D toolpath simulation and verification

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2380 - Rapid Prototyping & Reverse Engineering

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the general concepts of Rapid Prototyping and Reverse Engineering. Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn basic skills necessary to convert CAD models into STL files and either CNC machine them or print them three dimensionally. Students will also be exposed to Reverse Engineering, which consists of three-dimensional scanning using a hand held laser scanner. Terminology used in the field of Rapid Prototyping and Reverse Engineering will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use basic 3D CAD package to produce 3D surfaces and solid models.

    Objectives:

    1. Define 3D surfaces.
    2. Define 3D solid models.
    3. Export 3D geometry to STL format for rapid prototyping machines.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify STL format and structure.

    Objectives:

    1. Understand the mathematical makeup.
    2. Create ASCII and binary formats.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify various types of rapid prototyping machines.

    Objectives:

    1. Post process STL files for RP machines.
    2. Know the pros and cons of each machine type.
    3. Define each RP machine’s characteristics.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to rapid prototype using the following methods.

    Objectives:

    1. CNC renshape part masters and molds.
    2. Send STL data to Rapid Prototype machines.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to reverse engineer parts and molds.

    Objectives:

    1. Capture 3D point clouds using touch probe technology.
    2. Capture 3D point clouds using laser technology.
    3. Capture 3D point clouds using articulating arm.
    4. Capture 2D data manually by tracing existing object.
    5. Setup part to be scanned properly.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. History and Overview of Rapid Prototyping
    2. General Usage of Rapid Prototyping
    3. Data Translations (Cad to Rapid)
    4. File Format (STL - Stereolithography)
    5. Operation of Rapid Prototyping Machine
    6. Exposure to CAD/CAM as it relates to RP
    7. History and Overview of Reverse Engineering
    8. General Usage of Reverse Engineering
    9. Input Data (Stream, Point clouds, etc.)
    10. General Operation of Reverse Engineering equipment (3D Scanners, Articulating Arms, and 3D Digital Cameras)
    11. Manipulation and Editing of STL data (triangulated meshes)

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAP 2390 - Advanced CNC Mill G&M Programming & Machining

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATAP 2310 

    (formerly ATAP 2915)

    This course teaches advanced concepts of CNC mill programming and machining.  Through lecture and lab assignments, the student will learn advanced features of CNC programming and setup for CNC machining centers.  Thread milling, fourth axis, macro programming, and probing will be emphasized, accompanied by demonstrations, student programming, and hands-on setup and machine operation.  This course is project oriented, accompanied by lecture and demonstrations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to CNC program advanced level geometric shapes utilizing linear and circular interpolation, trigonometry, and cutter diameter compensation.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Given a part print, the student will develop advanced level CNC programs.
    2. Given a part print, the student will be able to solve geometric and trigonometric.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to develop advanced level CNC programs to optimize machine time utilizing thread milling.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Given a part print with internal and external threaded callouts, the student will develop CNC programs and CNC machine threaded holes.
    2. Given a part print and a workpiece, the student will be able to plunge mill material away using proper plunge machining methods and tooling.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to develop optimized code using subroutines, sub programs, macro, mirror, rotate, and cylindrical mapping on a 4th axis rotary table.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Given an application requiring multiple depth cuts, the student will be able to develop subroutines to optimize the CNC code.
    2. Given an application where operations are to be repeated, the student will be able to develop sub programs.
    3. Given an application where right and left-hand parts are to be manufactured, the student will be able to develop a CNC program to mirror the toolpaths.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use probes to setup parts and inspect parts.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Given a CNC milling machine, workpiece, and touch probe, the student will be able to define a part origin (fixture offset) in any corner or center of the part.
    2. Given a machined part fixtured to a CNC machine, the student will be able to develop code using an offline programming system to inspect the part’s finished dimensions.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Advanced level CNC programming projects
      1. Process planning
      2. Introduction to fixtures and work holding
      3. Geometry & Trig related CNC problems
      4. Cutter diameter compensation
    2. Computer Numeric Control applications
      1. Thread milling
    3. CNC G&M code optimization
      1. Subroutines
      2. Sub programs
      3. Mirror toolpaths
    4. Probing
      1. Defining fixture offsets
      2. Part inspection

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Anthropology

  
  • ANTH 1000 - Introduction to Anthropology

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An introduction to man’s biological evolution and cultural origins. Prehistoric man, biological/genetic differences, and the growth of language and culture will be considered. A cross-cultural study of social institutions, beliefs, and values will be included as well as a discussion of contemporary anthropological problems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define the science of anthropology.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the four primary subfields of anthropology and recognize essential methodology for each.
    2. Discuss the concept of culture and be able to identify and interpret varied global cultural behaviors.
    3. Recognize and utilize anthropological vocabulary to explain cultural behavior. This may include kinship terminology, status markers, gender markers, etc.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate basic knowledge of human genetics and describe the processes involved in human biological diversity.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Using Punnet squares or a parallel methodology, determine the possibility of various genetic outcomes for individuals.
    2. Illustrate the biological makeup of genetic material within a human cell.
    3. Describe and discuss the various methods by which genetic changes can affect whole populations.
    4. Identify the social concerns arising from contemporary advances in genetic science.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to interpret the theory of human evolution within the context of current archaeological material.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Describe historical world views of the position of humankind within a natural environment.
    2. Explain the theory of evolution and natural selection.
    3. Identify and discuss the paleontological evidence for human evolution and the ancestry of humankind.
    4. Compare and contrast human behavior with that of the living primates.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to employ knowledge of cultural relativism to explain cultural diversity among peoples.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify and discuss cultural and logistical aspects of several contemporary non-Western cultures.
    2. Discuss contemporary issues for these cultures - the effects of globalization, contact with other cultures, and political and social homogenization.
    3. Discuss and interpret cultural behaviors which may conflict with their own cultural moral code.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an ability to examine contemporary issues from an anthropological perspective.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Interpret data and formulate an informed opinion through research and report production on contemporary cultural issues such as marriage practices, child rearing, euthanasia, drug use, etc.
    2. Compare and contrast opposing theories of the validity of evolutionary science.
    3. Discuss and analyze controversial issues arising from scientific and social changes in society.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate critical thinking skills as applied to anthropology.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Compare and contrast current cultural practices, both western and non-western, with each other and with past cultures.
    2. Analyze inter-cultural behaviors such as, for example, artifact typologies, religious practices, marriage customs, burial practices, etc. to gain a more complete picture of the people and their belief systems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. The Nature of Anthropology
      1. Development of anthropology
      2. The uniqueness of anthropology
      3. Uses of anthropology as applied science.
      4. The “four fields”
      5. Methods of studying the human past; Ethnography
    2. Human Evolution
      1. Evolutionary theory
      2. Evolutionary mechanisms; Human variation
      3. Primate evolution
    3. Evolution of Homo and the Development of Culture
      1. The earliest hominids
      2. Early Homo and cultural origins
      3. Homo erectus and hunting-gathering
      4. Archaic Homo sapiens and the Middle Paleolithic
      5. Homo sapiens and the Later Paleolithic
      6. The Neolithic Revolution
      7. The Urban Revolution and the rise of the State
    4. The Nature of Culture
      1. The cultural concept
      2. Characteristics of culture
      3. Functions of culture
      4. Personality and cultural
      5. Cultural change and survival
    5. Cultural Variation
      1. Marriage and family
      2. Kinship and descent
      3. Gender
      4. Religion and the supernatural; The modern world system

    Primary Faculty
    Meier, Mary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ANTH 1100 - Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course is an exploration of the world’s many cultures to provide an understanding of the diversity in this ever-shrinking globalized world. The diversity will be illustrated through an examination of social organizations, religion, language, gender roles, the arts, and other elements of culture. In addition, anthropological theories and techniques will be studied to understand cultural evolution, adaptation, and globalization.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize the variations among societies and their cultural behaviors.

    Objectives:

    1. Acquire and institutionalize knowledge of non-Western, as well as Western cultures.
    2. Identify, in a culturally relative way, behaviors that disagree with common Western/American means.
    3. Understand that cultural norms differ from society to society.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to synthesize different approaches to the applications of ethnography, ethnology, and other anthropological techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Read ethnographies written by anthropologists.
    2. Actively engage in a participant observation assignment.
    3. Summarize the alternative methods of study utilized in anthropology.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to interpret ethical issues in dealing with peoples of the past and present.

    Objectives:

    1. Examine the anthropological view of race as a cultural construct.
    2. Describe the process by which biological traits are transferred throughout populations.
    3. Define ethnocentrism and calculate its effect on global behaviors.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to give examples of the diversity in cultural systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Define culture, describing it in its broadest sense.
    2. Illustrate the dynamics of difference in everyday relationships.
    3. Differentiate between alternate forms of kinship, marriage, gender roles, and religions, in addition to other behaviors.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply critical thinking techniques to contemporary problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Analyze contemporary national critical issues of warfare, instability, and domination.
    2. Interpret data and formulate an informed opinion through research, and report on an ethnological comparison of cultures.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Global Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1: Orientation: syllabus & course review

    What is cultural anthropology?
    Anthropologist: Franz Boas

    Week 2: What is Culture?

    Anthropologist: E. B. Tylor & Ruth Benedict

    Week 3: How do you study a culture? Ethnography

    Ethical issues
    Anthropologist: Alice Cunningham Fletcher, Robert Harry Lowie, Rosita Worl
    Participant Observation project

    Week 4: Is culture nature or nurture?

    Understanding evolution & brain development
    Anthropologist: Louis & Mary Leakey, Jane Goodall, Diane Fossey

    Week 5: What is language? How do language and culture work together?

    Anthropologist: Alfred Kroeber, Georg Friedrich Grotefend, Edward Sapir, Jean-Francois Champollion

    Week 6: What do you eat and how do you get your food?

    Modes of subsistence
    Anthropologist: Audrey Richards & Marshall Sahlin
    Food and culture project

    Week 7: Does money make the world go around? Examination of gift exchange and valuation of products

    Anthropologist: Bronislaw Malinowski

    Week 8: Midterm

    Week 9: How do we deal with conflict & power?

    Anthropologist: Evans Pritchard, Sally Engle Merry, Laura Nader

    Week 10: Do all cultures view race in the same way?

    What is ethnicity?
    Anthropologist: Hortense Powdermaker, Zora Neale Hurston

    Week 11: Understanding who we are through gender and sex.

    Anthropologist: Margaret Mead, Derek Freeman, Matilda Coxe Stephenson

    Week 12: How are we organized?

    Family and marriage systems
    Anthropologist: Claude Levi-Strauss, Clifford Geertz
    Kinship Chart project

    Week 13: What do we believe?

    Religion & spirituality
    Anthropologist: Roy Rappaport, Michael Harner, Sir James Frazer

    Week 14: What about art in culture?

    How to ‘read’ objects
    Anthropologist: Nancy Munn, John Collier Jr.
    Reading object project

    Week 15: Cultural change, globalization and globalization

    Anthropologist: Eric Wolf, Gregory Bateson, Leith Mullings, Paul Farmer, Michelle Rosaldo

    Week 16: Review & Final Exam


    Primary Faculty

    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ANTH 1200 - Introduction to Physical Anthropology

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course is an introduction to the areas of work and techniques employed by physical anthropologists. Topics of interest for this study will be population genetics, the taxonomy of the human, primate similarities and behaviors, fossil evidence, human evolution, human migrations, and current issues. This class will explore the role of humans in the animal world, as well as a member of society.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will identify the evolutionary milestones of the history of the human species and the rise of cultural, human-type behaviors.

    Outcome:

    1. Know the fossil evidence available for our hominid ancestors and what behaviors are shown through that evidence.
    2. Understand the development of fossilized remains; how fossilization occurs, what conditions are necessary, what paleoanthropologists discover.
    3. Analyze the inferred behaviors of early hominids and the rise of behaviors classified as human, such as cooking, tool making, hunting, burying the dead, caring for the sick and elderly, the rise of religion, the creation of art.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the biological aspects of genetic diversity among populations of people.

    Outcome:

    1. Identify DNA, from Chromosome to Gene to Allele to Chemical Base Pairs and use the proper terminology to refer to the processes of meiosis and mitosis.
    2. Describe and discuss the methods through which genetic material is transferred from individual to individual.
    3. Describe and discuss the methods through which genetic material is transferred from population to population: Mutation, Natural Selection, Genetic Drift or Gene Flow.

    OUTCOME 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain ethical issues arising from modern scientific advances as well as religion based belief systems.

    Outcome:

    1. Discuss why Evolution is a Creation Story and understand the cosmological basis for various ideas of where humankind came from.
    2. Identify social problems arising from the current state of scientific knowledge - - the Human Genome Project conclusions, Stem Cell Ethics, the possible futures of evolution for humans.
    3. Describe and discuss the current issues of primate study and testing. (Jane Goodall, Dian Fossey and other primatologists)
    4. Describe and discuss the social and biological issues facing primates in the wild.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will examine the anthropological belief that homo-sapiens is a member of the animal kingdom.

    Outcome:

    1. Recognize the characteristics of the various taxonomic categories that apply to homo-sapiens.
    2. Identify the animal behaviors and physical characteristics that show similarities and differences from humankind.
    3. Identify primate species and define the concept of common ancestor.
    4. Analyze primate behaviors to attempt to define the separation (if so determined) between animal and human life.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply critical thinking skills to anthropological issues through the use of analytic reasoning techniques.

    Outcome:

    1. Analyze and evaluate scientific evidence from fossils, laboratories, and academia through written and verbal reports.
    2. Interpret data and formulate informed opinions through research and report production comparing and contrasting taxonomic categories.
    3. Identify and discuss the changing role of forensic anthropologist in today’s society.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Week One: What is Physical Anthropology? Why do we consider this a science?
    2. Week Two: The Background for Evolution. Darwin and his predecessors.
    3. Week Three: Evolutionary Genetics. How Traits are Inherited.
    4. Week Four: The Processes of Evolution. Population Genetics.
      Mutation, Natural Selection, Gene Flow, Genetic Drift
    5. Week Five: The Origin of Species and Catastrophic Extinctions
    6. Week Six: Geologic Behaviors (Continental Drift). Chronology of Evolution.
    7. Week Seven: The Primates. Physical Aspects
    8. Week Eight: The Primates - Social Aspects
    9. Week Nine: The Evidence for Human Evolution - Fossils, Molecular Clock,
      Creation Stories and Ethics
    10. Week Ten: The Earliest Hominids. Bipedalism.
    11. Week Eleven: The Rise of the Species “Homo”. Homo Habilis, Erectus, Neanderthal, Sapiens.
    12. Week Twelve: Modern Human Adaptations. Population Variation. Disease.
    13. Week Thirteen: Human Biological Diversity - Sex and Gender. Race.
    14. Week Fourteen: Forensic Anthropology / Biological Archaeology
    15. Week Fifteen: Modern Ethical Issues

    Primary Faculty
    Meier, Mary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ANTH 2220 - Introduction to Archaeology

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course is an introduction to the techniques, methods, and theories that archaeologists use to interpret the human past. The class will also explore archaeological evidence from both the Old and the New Worlds.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of various ancient societies and their cultural behaviors.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify specific cultural materials from various cultures by style and type through video, photographic, and museum evidence.
    2. Identify unique cultural characteristics of each society as well as the factors that led to their formation (i.e., mummification, immolation, architectural styles).
    3. Analyze archaeological and material culture evidence from various sites through field study reports, worksheets, and photographic documentation to interpret cultural behaviors.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and demonstrate knowledge of archaeological techniques and practices.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify archaeology as a sub-science of anthropology; identify the characteristics and areas of study within it.
    2. Identify and discuss technical knowledge as to how to locate a site and set up a research project.
    3. Identify and discuss various material evidence and the characteristics of each (Lithics, Fossils, Features, Ecofacts).
    4. Utilize and identify methods of dating material finds from archaeological digs (i.e., stratigraphy, typology, Carbon 14, KA, etc.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize anthropological and archaeological ethical issues arising from the study of past cultures.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Describe and discuss the ethical issues involved in artifact repatriation and NAGPRA.
    2. Describe and discuss ethical issues involved in working with human remains.
    3. Describe the potential issues facing anthropologists as they strive for cultural relativism (i.e., dealing with girl murder, female genital mutilation, differences in valuation of human life, etc.).

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize alternative perspectives of previous human cultural behavior and how they compare and contrast with those of various living societies of today.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Describe and discuss the evolution of cultural practices as human society increased in complexity.
    2. Identify environmental and societal reasons for behaviors no longer common in our society.
    3. Compare and contrast those behaviors with those of societies at varying levels of complexity in more modern centuries.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply critical thinking skills to anthropology.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Analyze and evaluate archaeological information from various sites through written and verbal reports.
    2. Interpret data and formulate an informed opinion through research and report production on a compare/contrast basis between various ancient cultures.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Orientation: Syllabus and course overview
      1. What is archaeology? Definition of archaeology and placement within the wider field of Anthropology
      2. Ancient Civilization: Neanderthal and Cro Magnon
    2. How Do You Do It? Site location and setting up a dig
      1. Project: Setting up a dig
      2. Ancient Civilization: Catal Huyuk, Ur
    3. What do you look for? The types of material culture and how to identify them
      1. Ancient Civilization: Egypt (mummification)
    4. OK, now that you’ve found it, what are you going to do with it? Methods of dating
      1. Stratigraphy project
      2. Ancient Civilization: North and South American Rock Shelters
    5. But what IS it? How do we place it in its context?
      1. Typologies
      2. Project: Burials of Bilj I
      3. Ancient Civilization: Minoan Crete
    6. What was it used for? Object analysis. What does context tell us? What is “in situ”? Why is that important? How does ethnology and research help us?
      1. Project: Study of Mayan/Aztec/etc. Ball Courts
      2. Ancient Civilization: Mayan
    7. Who the heck were these people? What can we know about them for sure? How does archaeological evidence help us know?
      1. Project: Comparisons of Rock Art
      2. Ancient Civilization: Indian - Harrapan
    8. Midterm
      1. Architecture and Features - What can they tell us about lifeways?
      2. Ancient Civilization: Stonehenge and other henges
    9. What did they do all day? Subsistence activities, domestication
      1. Project: Dentition and Anatomical Analysis
      2. Ancient Civilization: Native American Tribes - Southwest
    10. What do they believe in? Religion. Who were the original shamans and priests?
      1. Project: Burials of Bilj II
      2. Ancient Civilization: Southeast Asia, Angkor Wat
    11. Who did what? Archaeology and gender. What can we know about gender roles?
      1. Project: Participant Observation
      2. Ancient Civilization: The Moundbuilders
    12. What do they think? Myths, Magic, Witchcraft, Creation Stories, Supernatural Explanations. What archaeology tells us.
      1. Project: Creation Stories
      2. Ancient Civilization: Aztec
    13. What did they do all day II? Leisure activities through archaeological evidence
      1. Project: Egyptian game playing
      2. Ancient Civilization: Athenian Greece
    14. What did they eat? How did they prepare it? Archaeological perspectives on cooking
      1. Project: Cook like a Roman!
      2. Ancient Civilization: Roman Pompeii
    15. Who did they know? Trade and trade routes
      1. The diffusion of technology and traditions
      2. Ancient Civilization: China and Mongolia
    16. Review and Final Exam

    Primary Faculty

    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ANTH 2280 - Forensic Anthropology

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ANTH 1000  or ANTH 1100  or ANTH 1200  or BIOL 2710  

    (formerly ANTH 2914)

    This course is an introduction to the field of Forensic Anthropology. Using a lecture and laboratory format, the course will instruct the student in the correct examination of the human skeleton and its biological features. Such aspects will include osteology, building a biological profile, and the use of complementary disciplines in the identification of remains.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the field of forensic anthropology and its applications in human skeletal analysis.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify correlating fields of study in forensics.
    2. Acquire interpretative techniques in dealing with human remains.
    3. Perform the recovery, preparation, and analysis of human skeletal remains.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use scientific language to describe skeletal osteology, bone biology, anatomy, and physiology of the human body.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify of all 206 bones of the human skeleton.
    2. Identify age, sex, ancestry, and stature of human remains.
    3. Identify of visible trauma on human remains.
    4. Analyze manner of death.
    5. Understand evidences of disease pathologies.
    6. Recognize the process of positive identification, facial reconstruction, and the role of the expert witness.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to integrate the scientific knowledge and methodologies of forensic anthropology with regards to the medico-legal field.

    Objectives:

    1. Properly report and present human remains case information.
    2. Examine the techniques and ethical sensitivities in the handling of human remains.

    Outcome  4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use analytical skills to create case reports for medico-legal investigations.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the types of information required for closure of medico-legal investigations.
    2. Complete a skeletal report.
    3. Describe the goals and use of forensic anthropological information.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1 - Introduction to Forensic Anthropology

    Week 2 - Techniques used in Forensic Anthropology

    Week 3 - Mapping a Crime Scene; Skeletal Development and Growth.

    Week 4 - Preparation of Human Remains.

    Week 5 - The Cranium.

    Week 6 - The Axial Skeleton

    Week 7 - The Appendicular Skeleton

    Week 8 - Case Studies

    Week 9 - Midterm

    Week 10 - Dentition. MNI and Relevance

    Week 11 - Sexing Skeletal Material

    Week 12 - Assessing Age for Skeletal Material

    Week 13 - Assessing Ancestry and Stature.

    Week 14 - Assessing Trauma and Providing Identification of Remains

    Week 15 - The Expert Witness and Course Wrap-Up


    Primary Faculty

    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Williams-Chehmani, Angie
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Applied Mathematics

  
  • ATAM 1150 - Mathematics-Shop Arithmetic

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Review of basic arithmetic; whole numbers, fractions, decimals, signed numbers, grouping symbols, square root, ratio and proportion, flat and round tapers, simple and complex gear ratios; practical industrial shop problems are employed.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe applications of fractions (ratios) used to solve mechanical problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Using whole numbers, prime numbers, proper and improper fractions, solve problems with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the correct method of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, solve problems with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the correct method of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of decimal fractions, solve problems with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe applications of the arithmetic processes using numbers.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the correct method of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division of signed numbers, solve problems with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the correct method of calculating percentages, solve problems with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the correct method of stating direct and indirect ratios, solve problems with 80% percent accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe applications of arithmetic processes with ratio and proportion.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the correct method of establishing ratio and proportion, complex ratio and proportion, solve problems for unknown quantities with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the correct method of establishing ratio and proportion, solve problems for mechanical tapers with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the correct method of establishing ratio and proportion, solve problems for simple gear ratios with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Review whole numbers; Prime Numbers; Fractions (proper/improper)
    2. Fractions - Multiplication and Division
    3. Fractions - Addition and Subtraction
    4. Decimals - Addition and Subtraction
    5. Decimals - Multiplication and Division of Decimal Fractions
    6. Signed Numbers - Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, and Division
    7. Signed Numbers - Continued
    8. Percent
    9. Ratio and Proportion
    10. Tapers
    11. Simple Gear Ratios

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAM 1160 - Mathematics-Algebra

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 1150  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator

    Fundamental operations of positive and negative numbers, grouping symbols, algebraic axioms, equations, special products and factoring. Solution of practical shop problems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe applications in order of operations in algebraic language.

    Objectives:

    1. Using signed numbers, exponents and square roots in algebraic expression, solve problems with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the proper order of operations for adding and subtracting algebraic expressions, solve problems with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the proper order of operations, solve simple algebraic expressions with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe applications in solving algebraic equations.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the proper order of operations, solve algebraic equations involving two operations with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the proper order of operations, solve for algebraic equation factoring and changing priorities with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the proper order of operations for solve industrial formulas with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe applications in solving algebraic expressions.

    Objectives:

    1. Using algebraic operations, solve industrial word problems with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the proper order of operations in algebra, solve problems with multiplication and division of positive and negative numbers and exponents.
    3. Using the proper order of operations in algebra, solve problems with scientific notation, unit conversion and system equations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Signed Numbers - Exponents and Square Roots
    2. Algebraic Language; Order of Operations
    3. Adding and Subtracting Algebraic Expressions; Like Terms
    4. Solving Simple Equations
    5. Equations Involving Two Operations
    6. More Equations; Removing Parentheses; Factoring
    7. Solving Formulas
    8. Solving Word Problems
    9. Multiplying and Dividing Algebraic Expressions; Positive and Negative Exponents
    10. Multiplying Similar Binomials by Inspection
    11. Scientific Notation; Conversions with Decimal; Multiplying and Dividing
    12. Unit Conversions
    13. Systems of Equations; Solution by Substitution; Dependent and Inconsistent Systems

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAM 1170 - Mathematics-Geometry

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 1160  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator

    Quadratic formula, review solutions, shop formulas. Definitions and description of geometric terms, axioms, and theorems. An explanation is given to propositions dealing with straight lines, triangles, and circles, with emphasis on applications to practical shop problems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe applications of Geometric Propositions.

    Objectives:

    1. Define the axioms and definitions in geometry for geometric angle measurement with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the propositions of geometry angular theorems, solve angular geometry problems with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the propositions of geometry of interior angles and triangles, solve geometry problems with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe applications in applying geometry propositions for problem solution.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the specific proposition of geometry, solve problems using the Pythagorean theorem with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the related propositions of geometry, solve problems using the projection formula with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the related propositions of circular geometry, solve circular problems with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe applications in applying geometry to solve mechanical problems.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the related propositions of geometry, solve mechanical problems with inscribed circles in triangles with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the related propositions of geometry, solve mechanical problems with tangents and intersecting chords with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the related propositions of geometry, solve mechanical problems with areas and volumes with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Geometry, Axioms, Definitions, Points, Lines, Angles, Plane Figures
    2. Propositions 1-10: Opposite and Vertical Angles, Congruency, Parallel and Perpendicular Lines and Sum of the Interior Angles of a Triangle = 180°
    3. Propositions 11-15: Sum of Interior Angles = (N-2) x 180. Interior Angles = Sum of Opposite Interior Angles, Angles Equal if Sides Parallel Right to Right and Left to Left
    4. Propositions 16-30: Angles Equal - Sides Perp rt/rt/lt/lt Isosceles Triangles, Congruent rt, Triangles, Sets of Parallel Lines Cut by Transversal and Similar Triangles
    5. Proposition 31: Pythagorean Principles
    6. Proposition 32: Projection Formulas
    7. Propositions 33-37: Definitions #35-50 on Circles, Chords, Arcs, Diameter, Radius, Tangents, Secants, Central Angles, Inscribed Angles, and Polygons
    8. Propositions 38-40: Inscribed Circles in Right Triangles and Inscribed Angle of Measure
    9. Propositions 41-46: Square Inscribed in a Circle, Regular Hexagon Inscribed in a Circle, Circles, Tangents, External and Internal and Intersecting Chords
    10. Area and Volume Formulas of Planes and Solid Figures

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAM 1350 - Mathematics-Arithmetic & Introductory Algebra for Electrical & Allied Crafts

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An intensive review of arithmetic with emphasis on common and decimal fractions, ratio and proportion, percentage, and square root. Systems, units of measurement, and conversions. An introduction to algebra including terminology, additive functions, grouping symbols, axioms, basic procedures, multiplication and division.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will complete math calculations for electrical and allied crafts.

    Objectives:

    1. The learner will use a calculator to solve problems.
    2. The learner will apply units and dimensions.
    3. The learner will add, subtract, multiply, and divide whole numbers, fractions and decimals - both longhand and with a calculator.
    4. The learner will use powers of ten and scientific notation on the calculator.
    5. The learner will transform and solve equations.
    6. The learner will convert units and solve associated problems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction to Course, Add, Subtract, Multiply, Divide, Fractions and Decimals
    2. Percentage, Powers, and Roots
    3. Algebraic Addition, Signs of Grouping
    4. Algebraic Multiplication
    5. Algebraic Multiplication and Division
    6. Equations
    7. Ratio and Proportions
    8. Powers of Ten, Scientific Notation
    9. Units and Dimensions
    10. Special Products and Factoring

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAM 1360 - Mathematics-Electrical Circuitry-Algebra & Trigonometry

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 1350  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator

    Sign numbers, grouping symbols, factoring equations in one unknown, fractions, fractional equations, exponents and radicals, solution of simultaneous equations, and introduction to j factor.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to complete math calculations for electrical circuitry.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilize a calculator to solve math problems.
    2. List the steps involved in solving an equation.
    3. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide whole numbers, fractions, and decimals, both longhand and with a calculator.
    4. Use powers of ten and scientific notation on the calculator.
    5. Transform and solve equations.
    6. Convert units and solve associated problems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Ohm’s Law, Series Circuits
    2. Series Circuits
    3. Algebraic Fractions: Addition and Subtraction
    4. Algebraic Fractions: Multiplication and Division; Complex Fractions
    5. Fractional Equations
    6. Literal Equations, Fractional
    7. Parallel Circuits
    8. Series - Parallel Circuits
    9. Simultaneous Equations Addition, Subtraction, Substitution and Comparison
    10. Network Simplification
    11. Angles
    12. Trigonometry Functions
    13. Right Triangles

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAM 2150 - Mathematics-Trigonometry

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 1170  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator or related work experience

    Covers definitions of the trigonometric functions, construction and use of trigonometric tables, solutions of right triangle problems, and applications of trigonometry to practical shop problems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the three trigonometric functions.

    Objectives:

    1. Using the sine ratio, solve simple right triangle problems with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using the cosine ratio, solve simple right triangle problems with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using the tangent ratio, solve simple right triangle problems with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe the trigonometric ratios for mechanical problem applications.

    Objectives:

    1. Using applied mechanical geometric problems with the three trigonometric ratios, solve for unknown angles of right triangles with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using applied mechanical geometric problems with the three trigonometric ratios, solve for unknown lengths of sides of right triangles with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using applied mechanical geometric problems with the three trigonometric ratios, solve for lengths, widths and thickness of components with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to define component geometry applications using the three trigonometric ratios.

    Objectives:

    1. Using applied mechanical geometric problems with the three trigonometric ratios, solve for distances between features of size with 80% accuracy.
    2. Using applied mechanical geometric problems with the three trigonometric ratios, solve for angles in circular geometry with 80% accuracy.
    3. Using applied mechanical geometric problems with the three trigonometric ratios, solve for distances between features with 80% accuracy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction and Orientation to the course. Define 3 trigonometry ratios; review of problem set-up format. Finding unknown sides of right triangles.
    2. Finding unknown sides of right triangles.
    3. Finding the angle when two sides of a right tangle are known. Use set-up format.
    4. Solution of practical right triangle problems. Use set-up format.

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAM 2170 - Mathematics-Compound Angles

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 2150  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator or related work experience

    Use of principles of trigonometry to determine plane and face angles in solid figures, classification of solid geometric figures into five basic types, analysis and recognition of types. Demonstration and practice in solving shop problems, determination of angles of tilt and rotation for mounting parts on adjustable angle plates for tool operations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Type I and Type II triangular pyramids for geometric problem solutions.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:      

    1. Using Type I triangular pyramid with 4 faces having right triangles, solve for geometric angles and lengths of the triangle sides.
    2. Using Type II triangular pyramid with 3 faces having right triangles and one oblique triangle, solve for geometric angles and lengths of the triangle sides.
    3. Using Type I and Type II triangular pyramids, solve applied mechanical problems for lengths of triangle sides and geometric angles enabling tilt and rotation of prisms.

                                                     

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Type III and Type IV triangular pyramids for geometric problem solutions.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to: 

    1. Using Type III pyramids with 4 faces having right triangles and one face a rectangle, solve for geometric angles and lengths of the triangle sides.
    2. Using Type IV pyramids with 2 faces having right triangles and 2 faces having obtuse oblique triangles solve for geometric angles and length of the triangular sides.
    3. Using Type III and Type IV triangular pyramids, solve applied mechanical problems for length of the triangle sides and geometric angles for tilt and rotation of prisms.

                                                     

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Type V triangular pyramids for geometric solutions, component setup, fabrication and measurement.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to: 

    1. Using Type V triangular pyramids with 2 faces having right triangles and 2 faces having acute oblique triangles, solve for geometric angles and lengths of the triangular sides.
    2. Using the five types of triangular pyramids, solve applied mechanical problems for the angles of prism rotation and one angle of prism tilt in component setup, fabrication and measurement.
    3. Using the five types of triangular pyramids, solve applied mechanical problems for the angles of prism rotation and two angles of prism tilt in component setup, fabrication and measurement..

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction, orientation & pre-test.
    2. Type I - a triangular pyramid, four faces, of which all are right triangles.
    3. Type II - a triangular pyramid, three faces, of which are right triangles and the fourth is an oblique triangle.
    4. Type III - a triangular pyramid having five faces, four of which are right triangles, and the fifth is a rectangle
    5. Test 1
    6. Type IV - a triangular pyramid, two faces are right triangles and two faces are obtuse oblique triangles.
    7. Type V - a triangular pyramid, two faces are right triangles and two faces are acute oblique triangles.
    8. Test 2
    9. Angle of rotation and angle of tilt applied applications.
    10. Angle of rotation and angle of tilt applied applications.
    11. Test 3
    12. Angle of rotation and angle of tilt applied applications.
    13. Angle of rotation and angle of tilt applied applications.
    14. Test 4
    15. Angle of rotation and angle of tilt applied applications.
    16. Final examination.

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAM 2190 - Mathematics-Gearing

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 2150  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator or related work experience

    Mathematics of standard screw threads, standard notations and formulas for spur gears, bevel gears, worm and worm wheels, helical gears. Replacement of spur gears with helical gears. Charts, gear models, and gears are used as aids in visualization of practical shop problems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe gear ratios, indexing, and power transmission.                               

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Using the instructional materials on gear ratios, solve for ratios in gearing problems.
    2. Using the instructional materials on gear indexing, solve indexing problems for the gear pitch.
    3. Using the instructional materials on power transmission, solve power transmission problems for gearing speeds and gear ratios as they relate to gear pitch.

                                                                     

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Spur Gears, Stub Gears, and Bevel Gears with geometric measurement calculations and gear ratios of power transmission.                                               

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Using the instructional materials on Spur Gears:
    1. Solve Spur Gear applied geometric problems.
    2. Solve Spur Gear ratio problems of power transmission.
    3. Solve Spur Gear measurement problems.

     

    1. Using the instructional materials on Stub Gears:
    1. Solve Stub Gear applied geometric problems.
    2. Solve Stub Gear ratio problems of power transmission.
    3. Solve Stub Gear measurement problems.

     

    1. Using the instructional materials on Bevel Gears:
    1. Solve Bevel Gear applied geometric problems.
    2. Solve Bevel Gear ratio problems of power transmission.
    3. Solve Bevel Gear measurement problems.

                                                                     

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the learner will be able to describe Worm Gears, Helical Gears, and Screw Thread Forms in measurement calculations and ratios of power transmission.                                               

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course the student will be able to:

    1. Using the instructional materials on Worm Gears:
    1. Solve Worm Gear applied geometric problems.
    2. Solve Worm Gear ratio problems of power transmission.
    3. Solve Worm Gear measurement problems.

     

    1. Using the instructional materials on Helical Gears:
    1. Solve Helical Gear applied geometric problems.
    2. Solve Helical Gear ratio problems of power transmission.
    3. Solve Helical Gear measurement problems.

     

    1. Using the instructional materials on Screw Thread Forms:
    1. Solve Screw Thread Forms applied geometric problems.
    2. Solve Screw Thread Forms ratios for indexing and power transmission.
    3. Solve Screw Thread Forms measurement problems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Pre-test and gear ratio and indexing
    2. Common gears and power transmission
    3. Spur gearing and measurements
    4. Stub tooth gearing
    5. Gearing measuring
    6. Bevel gears
    7. Bevel gears over and under 90°
    8. Worm gear
    9. Helical gears
    10. Helical gears with crossed axis
    11. Replacement of spur gears with helical gears
    12. Screw threads and formulas
    13. Screw threads and formulas (continued)
    14. Review of all material (continued)
    15. Review of all material (continued)
    16. Final exam

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATAM 2350 - Mathematics-A.C. Circuitry-Trigonometry & Vectors

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 1360  or consent of apprenticeship coordinator or related work experience

    Angles, angular measure (degrees, radians), angular velocity frequency, similar triangles, trig functions, solutions of right triangles, law of cosines, vector addition and subtraction, vector components, and graphing trig functions.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to calculate trigonometry and vector problems for AC circuitry.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilize a calculator to solve polar and rectangular vectors.
    2. Utilize a calculator to solve right triangle problems.
    3. Calculate trigonometry and vector problems for AC circuitry.
    4. Solve triangular problems using the laws of sines and cosines.
    5. Use vector addition and subtraction to solve electrical problems.
    6. Solve angular velocity frequency problems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Pre-Test 2. Post-Test1. Law of Sines
    2. Law of Cosines
    3. A.C. Fundamentals
    4. Phasor Algebra
    5. A.C. Series Circuits
    6. A.C. Parallel Circuits
    7. Equivalent Wye and Delta Circuits

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Applied Technology Quality

  
  • ATQT 1000 - Quality Inspection Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course is an introductory class for the quality professional. The course covers the proper use of dimensional inspection equipment such as scales, verniers, calipers, micrometers, miscellaneous hand tools, and gage blocks, in inch and metric scales, as well as blueprint readings skills sufficient to apply the measurement tools and techniques. The course covers nomenclature, instruments, the interpretation of engineering drawings, and measurement methods in a format that is approximately 50% hands-on, Math skills and the use of a scientific calculator are recommended, but not a prerequisite. This course is good preparation for a mid-level job position in the quality assurance field when combined with ATQT 1010 and provides an excellent knowledge base to prepare the student for the American Society for Quality (ASQ) Certified Mechanical Inspector Test.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate the skills and knowledge necessary in an entry‐level quality assurance / dimensional inspection position.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Describe dimensions in both English and metric units.
    2. Measure parts accurately in both inch and metric scales.
    3. Choose the correct tool to properly measure any dimensions and/or tolerance.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to measure a drawing dimension accurately, with precision and without bias.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Interpret blueprint requirements and measure them competently.
    2. Evaluate pass/fail for the measured dimension.
    3. Measure parts accurately with both inch and metric scales.
    4. Measure parts accurately with both inch and metric calipers (vernier, dial, and digital)
    5. Measure parts accurately with both inch and metric micrometers.
    6. Measure parts accurately with either inch or metric depth micrometers.
    7. Create gage block stacks in both inch and metric.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to write and communicate dimensional inspection results in a competent technical manner.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe dimensions in both inch and metric terms,
    2. Explain communication using industry nomenclature in both inch and metric.
    3. Interpret communication using industry nomenclature in both inch and metric.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be prepared for the applicable requirements of the ASQ Certified Mechanical Inspector test.

    Objectives:

    1. Interpret part drawing requirements and measure them accurately.
    2. Evaluate pass/fail for the measured dimension.
    3. Describe dimensions in both inch and metric terms.
    4. Choose the correct tool to measure any dimension and/or tolerance.
    5. Document measurement results per standard industry practices.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Course Introduction
      • Blueprint Reading
        • Title Block / change Level
        • Views
        • Dimensions
        • Tolerances
        • Skills Assessment
    2. Introduction to Measurement and Metrology
      • Uses of measurement
      • Communicating Measurements
      • Codification of Measurements
    3. Languages and Systems of Measurement
      • Relative measurements / how big or how small?
      • Accuracy vs. Precision
      • Evolution of Measurement Standards
    4. Languages and Systems of Measurement continued
      • Decimal Inch System
      • Metric System
      • Communications consideration
      • Rounding off numerical values
    5. Measurement and Tolerances
      • The meaning of and need for tolerances
      • Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing
      • Quiz #1
    6. Statistics and Metrology
      • Basic Statistics
      • Probability
      • Acceptance Sampling
    7. Measurement with Graduated Scales and Scaled Instruments
      • The Steel Rule
      • The Role of error
      • Scaled Instruments
    8. Measurement with Graduated Scales and Scaled Instruments continued
      • Three elements of Measurement
      • Introduction to calipers
      • Transfer Measuring devices
    9. Vernier Instruments
      • Caliper
      • Depth Gage
      • Height Gage
      • Quiz #2
    10. Calipers
      • Vernier
      • Dial
      • Digital
      • Inside, outside, and depth measurements
      • Quiz #3 on Calipers
    11. Micrometer Instruments
      • Introduction
      • Using a micrometer.
      • Care of a micrometer
    12. Micrometer Instruments continued
      • Depth micrometers
      • Quiz #4 on micrometers
    13. Gage Blocks
      • Development of Gage Blocks
      • Modern Gage Blocks
      • Calibration of Gage Blocks
      • CP and Cpk Calculation and analysis
    14. Gage Blocks continued
      • Combining Gage Blocks
      • Gage Block stacks
      • Gage Block applications
      • Quiz #5 covering Gage Blocks
    15. Class Review and Evaluation
      • Reporting Dimensional Inspection Results
    16. Final Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATQT 1010 - Quality Inspection-Advanced Techniques

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ATQT 1000  

    This course is an introductory class for the quality professional. The course covers the proper use of advanced dimensional inspection equipment such as surface plate and dial indicator measurement, sine plate and angular measurement, surface finish, optical comparator, electronic and pneumatic measurement, and calibration. The course covers nomenclature, instruments, the interpretation of engineering drawings, and measurement methods in a format that is approximately 50% hands-on, although hands-on skills alone are not enough to satisfy course requirements. Math skills and the use of a scientific calculator are recommended, but not required. This course is good preparation for a mid-level job position in the quality assurance field (when combined with ATQT 1000) and provides an excellent knowledge base to prepare the student for the American Society for Quality (ASQ) Certified Mechanical Inspector Test.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to accurately complete surface plate and dial indicator measurements.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Verify the angle of a part feature using a sine plate.
    2. Calculate the size of an angle from the sine or sine value from the angle using both a scientific calculator and the trigonometric functions.
    3. Set up a height gage with a dial test indicator.
    4. Explain communication using industry nomenclature in both inch and metric.
    5. Interpret communication using industry nomenclature in both inch and metric. Measure part flatness using a surface plate and dial test indicator methods.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to accurately measure a part using an optical comparator.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Determine and implement the appropriate measurement using surface illumination or profile illumination on the optical comparator.
    2. Correctly stage a part for a measurement on the optical comparator..
    3. Measure a diameter, arc, line, angle, and distance in both inch and metric on the optical comparator..
    4. Measure parts accurately with both inch and metric calipers (vernier, dial, and digital)

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to accurately measure the surface finish on a part.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Set and define the parameters of roughness cutoff, traverse length, and filter for surface texture measurements.
    2. Calibrate and use a surface finish testing machine to measure the micro‐finish on a part.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to accurately measure parts using high amplification electronic and pneumatic measuring instruments.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Explain the functioning and use of high amplification measuring devices such as electronic indicators electronic probes, and pneumatic gages and probes..
    2. Evaluate pass/fail for the measured dimension using electronic and pneumatic measurement devices.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to accurately calibrate the measuring devices discussed in a dimensional metrology lab.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Explain the methods of accuracy verification and calibration for dimensional inspection equipment
    2. Recognize the need for and be able to determine the appropriate measurement standard when calibrating a measuring device.
    3. Check the zero setting and verify the accuracy of a calipers, micrometers, depth micrometers, and other measuring devices.

    Outcome 6: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be prepared for the applicable requirements of the ASQ Certified Mechanical Inspector test.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Interpret part drawing requirements and measure them accurately.
    2. Evaluate pass/fail for the measured dimension.
    3. Describe dimensions in both inch and metric terms.
    4. Choose the correct tool to measure any dimension and/or tolerance.
    5. Document measurement results per standard industry practices.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Course Introduction
      • Measurement by Comparison
      • The Dial Indicator
      • Selection of a Dial Indicator
      • Use of a Dial Indicator
    2. Measurement by Comparison continued
      • Calibration of Dial Indicators
      • Accessories and attachments
      • Use with a surface plate
      • Quiz #1 on dial indicators
    3. High Amplification Comparators
      • Electronic Measurement
      • Applications
      • Advantages and disadvantages
    4. Pneumatic Measurement
      • Background
      • Principles
      • Applications
      • Advantages and disadvantages
    5. Calibration
      • The role of error
      • Basic Calibration Procedure
    6. Calibration continued
      • Recording calibration reading
      • Calibration software
      • ISO9001 compliance
      • Quiz #2
    7. Optical Flats and Optical Alignment
      • Standards
      • Principles
      • Measurement
    8. Reference Planes
      • Background
      • Flatness
      • Perpendicularity
    9. Angle Measurement
      • Level and Protractor
      • Trigonometric functions
      • Sine bar
    10. Angle Measurement continued
      • Mec hanical angle measurement
      • Accuracy and precision
      • Degrees / minutes /seconds vs. degrees decimal
      • Quiz #3 
    11. Surface Measurement
      • B ackground
      • Surface texture specimens
      • Surface evaluation
      • Roun dness
    12. Coordinate Measurement Machines
      • Intr oduction
      • Types
      • Modes of operation
      • Features
      • Quiz  #4
    13. Optical Metrology / Optical Comparators
      • Pri nciples
      • Types
      • Accu racy
    14. Optical Metrology / Optical Comparators continued
      • App lications
      • Measurement
      • Machine Vision Systems
      • Qui z #5
    15. Class Review and Evaluation
      • Re porting Dimensional Inspection Results
      • Dime nsional results as part of a PPAP package
    16. Final Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATQT 1030 - Applied Statistical Process Control

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course covers basic statistical methods as applied to manufacturing quality assurance, including frequency distributions (histograms, etc.), attribute and variable control charts (X-R, P, NP, etc.), capability analysis (Cp, Cpk), measurement system analysis, pareto analysis, brainstorming, cause and effect diagraming, and the 8-D problem solving approach.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to understand variable versus attribute data, the concept of and types of variation, applying Statistical Process Control tools to identify chance versus assignable causes, and the normal curve and deviations from the normal curve.

    Objectives:

    1. List and describe the statistical tools used for SPC and list and describe the types of variation found in manufacturing.
    2. List and describe the statistical tools used for determining chance versus assignable causes of variation found in manufacturing. Accuracy using the material presented on chance versus assignable causes..
    3. Identify and describe the statistical tools used for evaluating manufacturing processes with attribute and variable data.
    4. Identify and analyze the statistical elements of a normal curve to determine capable manufacturing processes.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to construct and analyze variable and attribute control charts.

    Objectives:

    1. Construct and explain average and range charts and individuals and moving range charts.
    2. Identify out-of-control situations and assignable causes for applied manufacturing processes.
    3. Construct percent defective number defective, and defects per unit control charts.
    4. Identify out-of-control situations and assignable causes for applied manufacturing processes.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe manufacturing process and machine capability, capability index and ratio, cause and effect diagrams, Gage R & R analysis, Pareto charts, root cause analysis, and other quality problem‐solving tools.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply capability index and ratio, apply the SPC tools to calculate and analyze machine capability, capability index and ratio for manufacturing processes.
    2. Construct and evaluate cause and effect diagrams.
    3. Explain the concepts of Gage Reproducibility and Gage Repeatability, and describe what constitutes an acceptable gaging process.
    4. Calculate and construct Pareto diagrams for a manufacturing process.
    5. Describe and apply the tools and steps used in manufacturing problem solving.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Orientation & Introduction to the Course; Review of First Day Handout and Course Policies;
      1. Introduction to SPC; History of SPC; Causes and types of variation; Glossary; Math Practice Handout
    2. Tools of Applied SPC (Overview), Chance vs. Assignable Causes, Attribute vs. Variable Data; the Normal Curve;
      1. Use of a statistical calculator
    3. Frequency Histograms: Variation, Coding of Data, Histogram Construction
    4. Frequency Histograms Continued; Manufacturing Situations and Practice Problems
    5. Variable Control Charts (X‐Bar and R)
    6. Variable Control Charts Continued, Identifying assignable causes
    7. Variable Control Charts continued; Median and Range Charts, Individual and Range Charts
    8. Attribute Control Charts: P (Percent Defective) Charts.
    9. Attribute Control Charts: NP (number Defective) and C (number of defects)
    10. Machine and Process Capability
    11. Process Capability Index, Calculation of Cp and Cpk, Overview of Gage R & R Analysis
    12. Brainstorming, Cause and Effect Diagrams
    13. Pareto Analysis, Process Flow Charts, Scatter Diagrams
    14. Elements of a Total Quality Management System
    15. Review for Final Exam
    16. Final Exam: Cumulative, covers all eight textbook Modules

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATQT 1050 - Quality Standards & Core Tools

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course covers the most commonly used quality standards and guidelines used in Automotive Industry Tier One and Tier Two manufacturing: IS09001, ISO TS16949, and the supporting AIAG “Core Tools” of: Advanced Product Quality Planning & Control Plans (APQP), Production Part Approval Process (PPAP), Measurement System Analysis (MSA), Failure Mode Effects Analysis (FMEA), and Statistical Process Control (SPC). These standards are also applicable to most other manufacturing processes and companies. Class work addresses the intent and application of the standards and reference manuals. This course intended for students needing an introduction to quality standards, and for non-Quality Assurance associates who are internal auditors and need the required Technical Standard and related Core Tool training.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe the requirements and guidelines of the ISO9001and the automotive ISO‐TS16949 standards.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Identify the appropriate standard for each circumstance or business.
    2. Identify the organization issuing the standard or guideline.
    3. Implement and/or apply the standard or guideline
    4. Explain the requirements, tools, skills, and metrics to document compliance to the standard or guideline.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to apply the requirements of the standards to a manufacturing related situation.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Perform Advanced Product Quality Planning (APQP) activities.
    2. Perform a DFMEA.
    3. Perform a PFMEA.
    4. Complete a Process Flow Diagram.
    5. Complete a Control Plan.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to perform the requirement of and document compliance to the standards.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply the required and appropriate statistical process controls to a manufacturing situation.
    2. Recognize, define, and quantify measurement system variation.
    3. Perform a capability analysis and recognize if a process is statistically capable.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to describe the requirements of the Production Part Approval Process (PPAP).

    Objectives:

    1. Compile the required components of a PPAP package.
    2. Construct a “balloon” part drawing.
    3. Compile a Dimensional Inspection Report.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to explain the relationship between the different requirements and how they relate to the Internal Auditing process.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe compliance to the Core Tools relating to “audit trail” during an internal audit.
    2. Audit for compliance to the standards and to the Core Tool requirements.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to the ISO9001 and ISO16949 Standards
      • History
      • General Requirements of both Standards
      • Difference between ISO9001 and ISO16949 Standards
      • Customer-Specific Requirements
      • Registration Process
    2. Introduction to the supporting Core Tools of the TS16949 Standard
      • Internal Auditor training requirement
      • Why Internal Auditors need to be familiar with the Core Tools / Audit Trails
    3. Advanced Product Quality Planning (APQP)
      • Introduction / Benefits of APQP
      • Progression of the process: Process Flow Diagram, DFMEA, PFMEA, the Control Plan.
      • Quiz #1 covering ISO9001 and TS16949 Standard and APQP
    4. DFMEA (Design Failure Mode Effects and Analysis)
      • How to construct and interpret
      • Severity / Occurrence / Detection Ranking
    5. Process Flow Diagrams (PFD)
      • Introduction and how to construct
      • A team effort - involve multiple departments and stakeholders
      • How the information on the Process Flow Charts feeds the PFMEA
    6. PFMEA (Process Failure Mode Effects and Analysis)
      • Introduction
      • How to construct and interpret
      • Severity / Occurrence / Detection Rankings
    7. PFMEA Lab / Case Study
      • Quiz #2 covering DFMEA, PFMEA, and Process Flow Diagrams
    8. Control Plans
      • Introduction and how to construct
      • Linkage to the PFMEA and Process Flow Diagram
      • Process step numbering / numbers should match on the Process Flow Diagram, PFMEA, and Control Plan.
    9. Introduction to Statistical Process Control (SPC)
      • Chance vs. Assignable Causes
      • Attribute vs. Variable Data
      • Specification Limits vs. Control Limits
      • Attribute and Variable Control Charts
    10. Statistical Process Control - Capability Analysis
      • Histograms
      • CP and Cpk Calculation and analysis
    11. Measurement System Analysis
      • Introduction
      • Attribute and Variable Gage Repeatability and Reproducibility Studies
      • Interpretation and Analysis
      • How to improve if necessary
      • Quiz #3 covering SPC and MSA
    12. Production Part Approval Process
      • Introduction
      • Nineteen required components
      • Drawing Ballooning, Dimensional Inspection Report
      • Putting together a PPAP package
    13. Production Part Approval Process Lab
    14. PPAP Package Class Review and Evaluation
      • Quiz #4 covering PPAP
    15. Applying the knowledge of the Core Tools to be a successful Internal Auditor
    16. Final Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATQT 1060 - Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) Introduction

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATQT 2911)

    ATQT 1060 covers Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) configuration, probing systems, part corrdinate system, alignments, tolerancing, editing, and report generation and interpretation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to identify the components and functions of a Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM).

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the CMM and identify its main components and functions.
    2. Identify common types of CMMs.
    3. Identify the kinds of software used on a CMM and describe their purposes.
    4. Identify the machine coordinate system.
    5. Identify the part coordinate system.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to measure accurately on a CMM.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the different methods of programming a CMM.
    2. Identify the probe components and build a probing system
    3. Demonstrate probe calibration
    4. Create an inspection plan
    5. Establish a Datum Reference Frame and Origin on the part
    6. Construct a measurement from previously measured features
    7. Demonstrate size and geometric dimensioning and tolerancing.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to modify, edit, and interpret a program on a CMM.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to edit a program successfully without a crash.
    2. Edit a program.
    3. Save a program.
    4. Recall a program.
    5. Generate a report.
    6. Interpret a report.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. The CMMs main components and functions
    2. Common types of CMMs
    3. Types of software used on a CMM
    4. Purposes of software used on a CMM
    5. The machine coordinate system
    6. The part coordinate system
    7. Different methods of programming a CMM
    8. Probe components
    9. Building a probing system
    10. Probe calibration
    11. Inspection plans
    12. Datum Reference Frame and Origin
    13. Measuring from previously measured features
    14. Size and geometric dimensioning and tolerancing
    15. Editing a program
    16. Saving a program
    17. Recalling a program
    18. Generating a report
    19. Interpreting a report

    Primary Faculty
    Walters, Gary
    Secondary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Applied Technology Related

  
  • ATTR 1000 - Trade Related Preparation

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ATAM 1150  and ATDD 1900  

    Preparation for a career in the trades is assessed through an overview of industrial processes. A review of math, blueprint reading, and measuring tools relative to shop application are major components of this course. Students receive diagnostic evaluation through testing in these major areas.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to solve mechanical problems using mathematics in an industrial environment.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Use addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division to solve mechanical problems.
    2. Use fractions and decimals to solve mechanical problems.
    3. Use ratios, proportions, and percentages to solve mechanical problems.
    4. Use signed numbers to solve mechanical problems.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to interpret blueprints in an industrial environment.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Describe the basic structure of a blueprint.
    2. Describe the spatial views found on a blueprint.
    3. Interpret the types of section views and auxiliary views found on a blueprint.
    4. Interpret the types of lines found on a blueprint.
    5. Interpret the types of dimensions, symbols, tolerances and common shop terminology used on a blueprint.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to use measuring tools in an industrial environment.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Describe basic and precision measurement.
    2. Use scales, micrometers, and calipers to layout and measure elements found in a machine shop environment.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able care for measuring tools in an industrial environment.

    Objectives: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    1. Describe best practices for calibrating measuring tools.
    2. Describe the proper care of measuring tools.
    3. Apply the proper care of measuring tools.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division
    2. Fractions and decimals
    3. Ratios, proportions, and percentages
    4. Signed numbers
    5. Basic structure of a blueprint
    6. Spatial views
    7. Section views and auxiliary views
    8. Types of lines
    9. Dimensions, symbols, tolerances and common shop terminology
    10. Basic and precision measurement.
    11. Scales, micrometers, and calipers
    12. Calibrating measuring tools
    13. Proper care of measuring tools

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATTR 1150 - Technical Report Writing

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Principles of effective industrial reports and letters; industrial reports; obtaining data; analysis of data; outlining and organizing of materials; letter writing techniques.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the purpose and characteristics of a technical report and will be able to describe the essential structure of a technical report.

    Objectives:

    1. In a written final examination administered by the instructor, the student will answer one or more questions about the purpose of a technical report, to the satisfaction of the instructor.
    2. In a written final examination administered by the instructor, the student will answer a series of questions about the characteristics of a technical report.
    3. In a written final examination administered by the instructor, the student will answer a series of questions about the structure (including the main parts and their purpose) of a technical report.
    4. The student will score a minimum overall grade of 77% (C) on the final examination.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the process of developing a technical report and will be able to apply the basic skills and principles involved in technical writing.

    Objectives:

    1. In a written final examination, the student will answer a series of questions about the six stages of planning, researching, and writing a technical report. The student will score a minimum overall grade of 77% (C) on the final examination.
    2. In a short (1500 words) written technical report on a topic approved by the instructor, the student will employ:
      1. The structure, style and organization of typical technical report
      2. The basic rules of composition and grammar
      3. The principles of objectivity (no personal opinion)
      4. The requirements for valid conclusions, to the instructor’s satisfaction

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the principles of business communications and be able to apply the basic requirements of a business letter in a technical work environment.

    Objectives:

    1. In a written final examination, the student will answer a series of questions about the general purpose and requirements of business communications. The student will score a minimum overall grade of 77% (C) on the final examination.
    2. Given a hypothetical work-related situation and a model business letter, the student will write a one-page business letter in a standard format and using proper composition and grammar, to the satisfaction of the instructor.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction: Description (with examples) and purpose of technical reports; typical publication channels; universal format
    2. Characteristics and requirements of technical reports; identifying and writing for the target audience
    3. Structure of a technical report: title; abstract; introduction; main body; conclusion; supporting sections
    4. The technical report process: gathering the data; analyzing and sorting the results; outlining; writing the rough draft; editing and revising the rough draft; writing the final draft
    5. Gathering the data: selecting and focusing the topic; planning the project; identifying resources and requirements; researching; evaluating the credibility and authority of sources
    6. Analyzing and sorting the results: selecting relevant data; organizing data in a logical, systematic order
    7. Outlining: types of outlines; characteristics of a logical, well-planned outline; the outlining process; tips for outlining
    8. Writing the rough draft: using the outline; flexibility and objectivity (avoiding confirmation bias); making supportable conclusions; using proper language (style), grammar, punctuation; applying general composition rules
    9. The writing process: the role of creativity; systematic, logical organization; similarities among forms of writing; rules of composition (grammar, punctuation, spelling); characteristics of technical writing (technical style); technical terminology and notation
    10. The fundamentals of communication: types of communication; relationships to technical writing; risks and results of ineffective communication
    11. Editing and revising the rough draft: scrupulous editing; importance of simplicity, brevity, clarity, accuracy, attention to detail; proofreading; review by subject-matter experts and other stakeholders
    12. Writing the final draft: corrections and revisions; documentation (tables and figures); references; polishing the draft; proofreading; APA format
    13. Professional ethics and legal considerations: plagiarism; copyright issues
    14. Business writing: overview of business communications; basic formats of business letters

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATTR 1600 - Industrial Safety-Skilled Trades

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Encompasses safety/health rules, procedures, safety responsibilities, and hazard recognition associated with the following: lockouts, machine tools, machine guarding, hand tools, portable power tools, safe use of energy sources, powered trucks, material handling, hazardous materials, lifting, climbing, ladders, scaffolds, rigging, slings, ropes, cranes, hoists, and basic fire safety. Accident causation, impact, prevention, and basic human anatomy and physiology will be studied.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use the theories of recognition, evaluation and control of occupational hazards to help ensure a safer work environment.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply basic incident investigation theory.
    2. Identify unsafe conditions by using hazard recognition techniques.
    3. Understand the use and importance of personal protection equipment in the workplace.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to use safety theory and practice techniques to affect worker attitudes.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify training techniques.
    2. Demonstrate the affect of incident investigations on the individual.
    3. Understand the history of the safety movement.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to develop a proactive safety plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Integrate investigation, hazard remediation and general safety awareness methods.
    2. Write a safety policy statement.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction ‐ History of Safety Movement ‐ Accident Factors and Causation
    2. Anatomy of the Eye ‐ Hazards and Prevention of Eye Injuries ‐ Eye Protection ‐ Eye Dissection
    3. Anatomy, Physiology of the Ear ‐ Ear Protection ‐ Personal Protection Equipment for the Head, Hands, & Feet
    4. Anatomy of the Lung ‐ Respiratory Protection
    5. Electrical Hazards ‐ Lockout/Tagout Procedures
    6. Ladders, Scaffolding, Climbing and Arresting Devices
    7. The Right To Know Law, MSDS, What It Is and How It Works
    8. Hazardous Materials - Basic Chemistry
    9. Transportation - Safety Features
    10. Machine Guarding: Hazards and Protection Devices
    11. Lifting Devices, Cranes and Hoists ‐ Safety Concerns
    12. Hazardous Materials ‐ Safety Concerns
    13. Principles of Fire Protection and Fire Fighting ‐ Select Fire Codes
    14. Confined Space Entry: Dangers and Safety Concerns

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Arabic Language & Culture

  
  • ARAB 1460 - Pre-Arabic for Non-native Speakers

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ARAB 1260)

    This course is designed to introduce students to the Arabic speaking world and Arabic vocabulary and grammatical structures necessary to express personal meaning on basic topics. Students will engage in these activities within contextualized cultural settings. The vocabulary and grammatical structures are integrated into interactive and communicative activities that emphasize all four language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Students are required to use computer based technology to practice these skills. Note: Not open to native speakers of Arabic, or students with ARAB 1460 credit or its equivalent. 

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate basic oral and written language skills.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Demonstrate approximate standard Arabic pronunciation (alphabet and phonology).
    2. Initiate basic conversations with educated speakers of Arabic (fluency of speech).
    3. Use basic vocabulary of Arabic (mastery of elementary lexical items).
    4. Use basic grammar of Arabic (control of basic structures and forms).
    5. Read and write simple sentences in Arabic.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Arabic culture.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify customs of Arabic people.
    2. Compare cultural differences.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to the Arabic alphabet
      1. Handout of the alphabet with pronunciation
      2. Handwriting and drills
    2. Handwriting and drills
      1. Review
      2. First quiz
    3. Review
      1. Connect letters to form your words
      2. Group work and discussion “culture talks”
    4. Handwriting and drills
      1. Culture lesson on “Meeting and greeting People” in the Arab world
    5. Review
      1. New words used in daily life
      2. Connecting letters to form your words
    6. Handwriting and drills
      1. How to address men and women in Arabic
      2. Group work and conversation
    7. Review
      1. Handwriting and drills
      2. Culture lesson on “respect among Arabic speaking people”
      3. Group work and conversation
    8. Review
      1. New words to learn and days of the week
      2. The seasons
    9. Handwriting and drills
      1. Culture lesson on greeting males and females
      2. Verbs, nouns and adjectives
      3. Class work: write your own sentences
      4. Group work and conversation
    10. Board work
      1. Handwriting and drills
      2. Writing numbers and names. Addressing envelops
      3. Culture lesson on “Family and coffeehouses”
    11. Board work
      1. Drills
      2. Group work: translation, conversation and writing short sentences
      3. Handout on time and climate
    12. Board work and group conversation
      1. Handwriting and drills
      2. Handout “In the city and at the Market”
      3. Write short sentences and translation
      4. Culture lesson on “Visiting and manners”
    13. Board work and group conversation
      1. Handwriting and drills
      2. Handout on a list of adjectives, verbs and nouns
      3. Group work: make your own sentences
      4. Culture lesson on holidays and other occasions
    14. Reading short passages
      1. Writing sentences and connecting letters
    15. Review for the final
      1. Conversations and short sentences
    16. Written and oral final exams

    Primary Faculty
    Rahmouni El Idrissi, Amine
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARAB 1470 - Elementary Arabic 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ARAB 1460  or two or more years of high school Arabic

    (formerly ARAB 1270)

    This course continues students’ development of Arabic language and culture by building and expanding on the culture, vocabulary and language structures learned in ARAB 1460. New language functions will be presented in meaningful activities that emphasize all four language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing and allow for further cultural exposure. Students are required to use computer based technology to practice these skills.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in oral language skills beyond Introduction to Arabic Language & Culture.

    Objectives:

    1. Pronounce individual sounds, including appropriate intonation and stress, with little or no interference in order to be understood by a Native Speaker.
    2. Form and produce entire sentences with no hesitation and natural pauses.
    3. Engage in conversations with a Native Speaker in the present, future, and past tense (includes both initiating conversations as well as responding appropriately to speech of a Native Speaker).

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use Arabic vocabulary beyond Introduction to Arabic Language & Culture.

    Objectives:

    1. Use vocabulary when speaking.
    2. Respond to a Native Speaker who has used the vocabulary.
    3. Use vocabulary in writing.
    4. Demonstrate reading comprehension skills by discussing subject matter and/or answering questions based on the passage read.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use grammar structures beyond Introduction to Arabic Language & Culture 1 in speaking and writing.

    Objectives:

    1. Use pronouns, including possessive.
    2. Form questions.
    3. Use adverbs.
    4. Use prepositions with pronouns.
    5. Conjugate the superlative and future tenses.
    6. Shape subject-verb agreement.
    7. Conjugate and use the verb to wish.
    8. Use the comparative.
    9. Use feminine plural.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Arabic culture beyond Introduction to Arabic Language & Culture 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize and discuss some geographical, economical and cultural aspects of some Arabic speaking countries and/or communities such as universities and schools, food, sports, Ramadan, and clothes.
    2. Compare cultural differences.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Lesson & Topics

    1 pgs 1-19
    Masculine and feminine
    The definite article
    The Nisba adjective
    The question
    Arabic names

    2 pgs 21-35
    Pronouns - Grammar
    Reading and Culture

    3 pgs 39-53
    Possessive pronouns - Grammar
    Reading about Arab universities

    4 pgs 55-68
    The present tense
    More about questions
    Reading and Culture

    5 pgs 77-88
    Grammar - adverbs
    Non-adjective phrases
    Reading - climate and the seasons
    Culture - song for Fayrouz

    6 pgs 89-102
    Grammar
    Reading and Culture
    The Arabic foods

    7 pgs 106-125
    Culture and Grammar
    Prepositions with pronouns
    Reading - Arabic money

    8 pgs 129-151
    Grammar - the past tense - negation of past tense - roots and patterns
    The Arabic dictionary
    Numbers 11-100
    Reading and Culture - soccer game

    9 pgs 154-168
    Grammar - non-human agreement
    What time is it?
    Reading - American TV programs

    10 pgs 174-191
    Grammar - object pronouns
    Reading - King Fouad

    11 pgs 195-216
    Review verb chart
    Reading - hotels in Cairo

    12 pgs 217-240
    Grammar - the superlative - the future
    Future negation - subject-verb agreement
    Reading - school in Egypt
    Culture - song for Fayrouz

    13 pgs 241-260
    Grammar - verb to wish
    Reading - apartment for rent

    14 pgs 263-284
    Reading - Kholid’s grandmother and job wanted

    15 pgs 285-301
    Grammar - verbs and pronouns
    Reading - private window and Tounis

    16 pgs 308-324
    Grammar - the comparative
    Case markings
    Culture - Nizar Kobani the love poet
    Reading - the letter

    17 pgs 331-351
    Grammar - the nouns
    Culture - The Quoraan
    Reading - Time of Study in Ramadan

    18 pgs 352-368
    Culture - Jamal Abud El Nasar and oum Kalthoom
    Reading - The other half

    19 pgs 375-392
    Grammar - feminine plural
    Culture - clothes
    Reading - Najib Mahfouz

    20 pgs 395-411
    Grammar - reading dates - review
    Reading - Malek speaks


    Primary Faculty
    Rahmouni El Idrissi, Amine
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARAB 2460 - Arabic 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ARAB 1470  

    (formerly ARAB 2360)

    Third-semester Arabic picks up where second-semester Arabic (ARAB 1470) has ended. The central goal is to advance the student’s communicative ability and cultural competency with an emphasis on assimilating the language for complex communicative purposes. In addition to Modern Standard Arabic (MSA), students will also practice one of the spoken dialects, the Egyptian, the Levantine, or the Moroccan dialects. The instructor will use authentic materials including texts from print Arabic media, video, and audio from the Middle East.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, The students will be able to demonstrate competency in oral language skills beyond Elementary Arabic 2.

    Objectives:

    1. Pronounce individual sounds, including appropriate intonation and stress, with little or no interference in order to be understood by a Native Speaker.
    2. Form and produce entire sentences with no hesitation and natural pauses.
    3. Engage in conversations with a Native Speaker in the present, future, or past tense about the following topics (includes both initiating conversations as well as responding appropriately to speech of a Native Speaker).
      1. Tourism, past travels and planning a trip to the Arab world.
      2. Study abroad options for Arabic language students.
      3. The workplace and applying for a job.
      4. Dilemmas and problem-solving.
      5. Religious holidays in the Arab world and authentic celebrations.
      6. Differences and similarities within different Arabic countries.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use Arabic vocabulary beyond Elementary Arabic 2.

    Objectives:

    Regarding topics such as travel in the Arabic world, study abroad, job applications, directions, religious holidays and the diversity of the Arabic world:

    1. Use vocabulary when speaking.
    2. Respond to a Native Speaker who has used the vocabulary.
    3. Use vocabulary in writing.
    4. Demonstrate reading comprehension skills by discussing subject matter and/or answering questions based on the passage read.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the ability to use grammar structures beyond Elementary Arabic 2 in speaking and writing.

    Objectives:

    1. Conjugate the present, past and future tense using the system of prefixes, suffixes and verb patterns.
    2. Use of the descriptive sentence.
    3. Use of adjectives, nouns, and adverbs; make comparisons using comparatives and superlatives.
    4. Understand the grammatical function and employ nouns ending in double open vowels.
    5. Review personal, object and possessive pronouns.
    6. Understand and employ the definite and indefinite construct phrase.
    7. Use relative pronouns.
    8. Use the impersonal construction.
    9. Use different case marking of nouns.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Arabic culture beyond Elementary Arabic 2.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize and discuss some geographical, economical and cultural aspects of some Arabic speaking countries and or communities such as city life, work, holidays and celebrations, higher education.
    2. Compare cultural differences and underline similarities.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Travel and tourism in the Arab world
      1. Vocabulary of the textbook story and travel
      2. Verb conjugation and the system of prefixes and suffixes
      3. Personal, object and possessive pronouns
      4. The descriptive sentence (joumlat a-Sifa)
      5. Two new verb patterns
      6. Study of travel itineraries and maps
      7. Planning a trip to the Arab world
    2. Exploring potential Arabic study abroad programs.
      1. Vocabulary of the textbook story and study travels
      2. The future verb and its negation
      3. Nouns ending in double open vowels (al-ism almanSoub)
      4. Verb-Subject agreement in a verb-sentence
      5. The Superlative
      6. Researching potential study abroad programs and comparing different programs and destinations.
    3. Applying for admission in a study abroad program in the Arab world
      1. Vocabulary of the textbook story and letter writing
      2. The continuation of an action into the present
      3. Sentence Complements
      4. The past tense and its different forms of negations
      5. Review of all tenses and their negations: the Present, the Past and the Future
      6. Writing a letter of application to a study abroad program in the Arab world
    4. Creating a resume and looking for a job
      1. Vocabulary of the textbook story and job search
      2. Roots, patterns and the usage of the Arabic dictionary
      3. The noun-sentence and description of places
      4. Expressing wishes and hopes
      5. The definite and indefinite construct phrase
      6. Creating a resume
    5. Expressing dilemmas and giving advice
      1. Vocabulary of the textbook story
      2. Relative pronouns
      3. Review of all the different negations
      4. Conditionals
      5. The impersonal construction “It is….” As in “It is necessary to, it is difficult to, it is important to…”
      6. Expressing a detailed account of a problem and offering solutions and advice
    6. Preparing and presenting an exposé on an Arabic country
      1. Vocabulary of the story and country presentations
      2. The comparative
      3. Two new verb patterns
      4. Part I : Case marking of nouns
      5. Exposé on an Arabic country
    7. Muslim and Christian Arabic religious holidays
      1. Vocabulary of the story and celebrations of religious holidays in the Arab world
      2. Two new verb patterns
      3. Part II : Case marking of nouns
      4. Reading and study of fully vocalized Arabic religious texts.
      5. Review of the oral and written final exam

    Primary Faculty
    Rahmouni El Idrissi, Amine
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Architectural Drafting

  
  • ARCH 1010 - Architectural Design 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly DRAD 1010)

    An introductory course in architectural design and construction, which includes architectural history, design concepts, principles of the design process and practices, and construction methods. While developing various architectural drawings, students will experience creative and analytical thinking of space and circulation as it relates to human experiences and scale. Students will sketch design ideas, hand draft preliminary drawings, and be introduced to computer aided design and building modeling.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline career opportunities, associations, education, and duties associated with architectural drafting.

    Objectives:

    1. Examine career opportunities in architectural drafting.
    2. Describe various student and professional associations within architecture and construction. (AIA, LEED, CSI, etc…)
    3. Identify the education level required for career opportunities in architectural drafting.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to distinguish historical precedence and how it relates to current architectural styles and construction techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Interpret architectural styles overtime as they relate to current practice.
    2. Compare past construction techniques with current technologies.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate different phases of architectural design to construction.

    Objectives:

    1. Define the problem.
    2. Collect information.
    3. Brainstorm ideas.
    4. Analyze the information.
    5. Develop solutions to the problem.
    6. Present ideas.
    7. Improve the design.
    8. Create sketches illustrating students design and understanding of space and circulation.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create architectural annotation, symbols, and line work to complete architectural presentations.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify proper drawing standards and scales.
    2. Create preliminary drawing sets for presentation of ideas.
    3. Construct orthographic projection.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create drawings using axonometric projections.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the differences between isometric, diametric and trimetric drawings.
    2. Draw different views of various physical objects and from multi-view drawings.
    3. Draw oblique projections.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to design or draw building plans.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the types of plan drawings and what they represent.
    2. Create ’floor plan’ drawings that include graphical symbols for walls, doors, windows, fixtures, and appliances.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to design or draw interior and exterior elevations.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the types of elevation drawings and what they represent.
    2. Create interior and exterior elevation drawings with graphical symbols for walls, doors, windows, fixtures, appliances, and materials.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create building section drawings.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the types of section and what they represent.
    2. Create building and wall section drawings with graphical symbols for walls, doors, windows, fixtures, appliances, and materials.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create scale models from designs.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilize modeling tools and equipment in a safe, efficient and accurate manner.
    2. Describe the types of models typically constructed in an architectural office.

    Outcome 10: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create small projects using CAD/BIM software programs for architecture design and construction documents.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the types of software used in our industry.
    2. Describe sofware applications.

    Outcome 11: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a course architectural design portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Present a collection of drawings created in the course.
    2. Identify the portfolio creation process.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Architecture profession
    2. Historical precedence
    3. Phases of design and construction
    4. Annotation, symbols, graphics
    5. Perspective drawing
    6. Building plans
    7. Interior and exterior elevations
    8. Building and wall sections
    9. Scaled study models
    10. Computer generated drawings
    11. Course Design Portfolio

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARCH 1015 - Architectural Graphics

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly DRAD 1015)

    Students use freehand sketching and manual architectural drafting as a foundation in graphic design methods used to plan and present architectural drawings. Students will learn techniques including line weight, shades and shadows, model construction, and orthographic presentations to represent floor plans, interior and exterior elevations, sections, and perspective drawings using monochrome and color illustrations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply different drawing or drafting tools.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce drawings with different fractional scales.
    2. Draw textures.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create patterns, hatching, stippling, shading, blending, and tones.

    Objectives:

    1. Illustrate foreground.
    2. Illustrate background.
    3. Apply terms associated with monochrome and color illustration.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to generate architectural styles of lettering and numbers.

    Objectives:

    1. Correctly write letters per architectural styles and standards.
    2. Correctly write numbers per architectural styles and standards
    3. Correctly write fractions per architectural styles and standards
    4. Correctly write decimals per architectural styles and standards

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to illustrate various shadows.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw ground shadow.
    2. Draw a cast shadow in an illustration.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create architectural elements using one- and two-point perspectives.

    Objectives:

    1. Illustrate two-point perspective setup using the projection method.
    2. Define ground line.
    3. Define station point.
    4. Define picture plane.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to construct or illustrate a 3D model.

    Objectives:

    1. Cut and glue matt board.
    2. Create model according to specifications.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create projects with different medias on different materials.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw with Graphite on Vellum.
    2. Draw with Ink on Mylar.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create projects with various graphic methods.

    Objectives:

    1. Arrange views.
    2. Annotate drawings as required.
    3. Present architectural drawings including floor plans, elevations, sections, and perspective drawings.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a course architectural design portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Present a collection of drawings created in the course.
    2. Identify parts of a portfolio.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Textures & Tones
    2. Still-Life
    3. Materials
    4. Entourage, Symbols, Lettering
    5. Combining Elements
    6. Model
    7. Floor Plan
    8. Site Plan
    9. Section
    10. Perspectives
    11. Presentation Drawing
    12. Portfolio

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARCH 1020 - Architectural Design 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARCH 1010  and DRCG 1140 ; or high school equivalent with the consent of the program advisor

    (formerly DRAD 1020)

    This course is the next in a sequence of architectural design studio courses that build upon basic architectural design concepts. Students will experience the design process with an introduction of a small structure through site analysis, program analysis, schematic design sketches and study models of design solutions, presentation of design concept, creation of computer generated preliminary drawings related to residential design and construction. Students will coordinate a completed graphic solution while evaluating various construction systems related to foundation, floor, wall, roof, and various other building components of residential construction with emphasis on energy conservation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to complete a site analysis for residential development.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify existing site characteristics for determining the best use of the property.
    2. Research property site codes and zoning ordinances.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze program requirements.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine goals and constraints of the project.
    2. Identify users of the building.
    3. Identify primary use of the building, rooms, and spaces needed, etc.
    4. Document residential zoning and building code restrictions.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create schematic design solutions or design development drawings based on information gathered through research.

    Objectives:

    1. Create bubble diagrams showing spatial relationships and circulation.
    2. Develop a design concept.
    3. Select building materials that support the goals of the design solution.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop a complete architectural design set for residential projects.

    Objectives:

    1. Create a site plan.
    2. Design a floor plan.
    3. Identify elevations.
    4. Create a perspective drawing.
    5. Construct a model.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create computer generated drawings.

    Objectives:

    1. Coordinate the digital files to illustrate a student solution.
    2. Identify the components of a computer-generated drawing.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a course architectural design portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Present a collection of drawings created in the course.
    2. Identify the portfolio creation process.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Residential
    2. Site analysis
    3. Program requirements
    4. Schematic Design
    5. Design development
    6. Site Plan
    7. Floor Plans
    8. Elevations
    9. Perspectives
    10. Model
    11. Course Design Portfolio

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARCH 1025 - History of Architecture

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly DRAD 1025)

    This course is a global history of the influences and development in architecture including the design principles, visual and diverse cultural analysis of selected buildings, works of art, urban spaces, and cities, from pre-history to modern times. The language of art, architecture, aesthetics, structure, and technological challenges of the built environment will be explored along with the various styles of art, architecture, notable architects, and preservation of architecture through periods of time.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to examine various styles and elements of architecture.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the styles of architecture throughout history.
    2. Compare different styles and elements of architecture.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to create freehand sketches of historical buildings and elements of architectural within the course.

    Objective:

    1. Sketch Greek columns.
    2. Sketch Roman arches.
    3. Sketch Gothic buildings.
    4. Sketch other architectural elements.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to evaluate various architects.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify prominent historical architects.
    2. Explain how architects have contributed to architecture throughout history.
    3. Examine careers for professionals in historic preservation.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to compare architectural preservation and restoration concerns and techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Outline ways to preserve, conserve, and protect buildings of historical significance.
    2. Identify ways to restore features of historical content to their original features.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to outline the evolution of architecture from the prehistoric to the current period.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how architecture changed over time with art.
    2. Describe how architecture changed over time with culture.
    3. Describe how architecture changed over time with historical events.
    4. Identify elements and concepts of architecture that were borrowed or reworked from one period to another and throughout history.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to the History of Architecture
    2. Stonehenge Architecture
    3. Egyptian Architecture
    4. Greek and Roman Architecture
    5. Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque, and Islam Architecture
    6. Gothic, Renaissance, Baroque and Rococo Architecture
    7. Asian Architecture; China, Japan and India
    8. Industrial Revolution and Skyscrapers
    9. Arts & Crafts and Art Nouveau Architecture
    10. Bauhaus, Modernism, and Postmodernism Architecture
    11. American Architectural Styles
    12. Aspiring Architects of all time and their architectural designs
    13. Architectural Preservation/Restoration
    14. Digital Technology and 21st Century Future Architecture

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARCH 1030 - Sustainable Building Design & Construction

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly CNST 1030)

    Our built environment has an impact on the natural environment, and on our health and well-being. Students will analyze the building site, determine sustainable building systems and materials based on current USGBC LEED principles and requirements, and propose the integration of technology to create a comprehensive design and construction solutions.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply industry-appropriate terminology of sustainable building principles.

    Objectives:

    1. Define terminology of sustainable building principles
    2. Use terms associated with sustainable design and construction.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize the USGBC green building council LEED rating system within a new residential and commercial building.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the different LEED Certifications including Commercial and Homes.
    2. Recognize the levels of certification including Certified, Silver, Gold, and Platinum.
    3. Identify the environmental categories that can achieve points for certification.
    4. Describe LEED Green Associates and other professional certifications.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recommend strategies to reduce environment concerns about the site conditions and the ecological footprint of construction operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain different strategies that can be used to reduce the footprint of construction operations
    2. Analyze the impact of human settlement on the environment.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate the use of proper building materials to maintain a sustainable building.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the composition of materials used in a building.
    2. Indicate different material life cycle environmental impact.
    3. Investigate ways to salvage and utilize existing materials and equipment, structures, sites, and fixtures.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze water supply and waste water systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Outline ways to reduce water consumption
    2. Explain strategies for protecting water quality
    3. Describe individual and neighborhood wastewater treatment systems

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compare different mechanical and electrical systems energy efficiencies.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify various energy efficient mechanical systems
    2. Identify various energy efficient electrical systems
    3. Identify various energy efficient materials within the building design

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to calculate the benefits and cost of green building design and construction.

    Objectives:

    1. Compare the initial cost of green design and construction with the savings over the lifetime of the building.
    2. Identify various costs of sustainable materials.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to generate a BIM 3D model with sustainable features.

    Objectives:

    1. Create solar sun studies
    2. Complete an energy analysis
    3. Create recyclable material lists
    4. Select materials based on thermal properties.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Terminology of sustainable design and construction
    2. USGBC and LEED
    3. Ecological Footprint
    4. Building Materials
    5. Water Supply
    6. Waste Water Systems
    7. Mechanical and Electrical Systems
    8. Cost of Green Building Design and Construction
    9. BIM Sustainable Documentation and Analysis

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARCH 2015 - Architectural Digital Graphics

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly DRAD 2015)

    This course prepares students with a solid foundation of digital architecture. Concepts of 2D Computer Aided Drafting and 3D Building Information Modeling (BIM), which involve a single digital model containing all project information, are in high demand by potential employers and strengthens building design and documentation. The course will emphasize standards and techniques consistent with the architecture and construction disciplines. Students will develop 2D/3D drawings, create a 3D digital model utilizing Building Information Modeling (BIM) concepts, learn how to create a physical model through digital fabrication techniques- 3D printing/CNC, and prepare for the Autodesk Certification Exam. Introduction to SketchUp and AutoCAD. Implementation of Revit (BIM) technologies.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the digital architectural drawing process.

    Objectives:

    1. Experiment with scanned hand sketches inserted into the software.
    2. Illustrate computer-generated drawings to appear hand drawn.
    3. Compare the software used in architecture and construction.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create architectural drawings using CAD software technologies.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply draw and modify commands used in 2D AutoCAD computer generated drawings.
    2. Identify the CAD computer aided drafting tools used by architects.
    3. Complete a floor plan using the software.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create architectural drawings using BIM software technologies.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply architectural tools used in 3D Modeling the BIM Revit Architecture software.
    2. Complete an entire 3D digital model.
    3. Complete a set of 2D working drawings.
    4. Complete a set of 3D working drawings.
    5. Complete several 3D Conceptual Rendered views of a 3D digital Model
    6. Complete plans.
    7. Complete building elevations.
    8. Complete sections.
    9. Complete schedules.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a 3D print.

    Objectives:

    1. Create digital files to be sent to a 3D printer to create a physical model.
    2. Identify components needed for a 3D print.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to participate in the Autodesk Revit Certification Exam.

    Objectives:

    1. Examine the directions of the Autodesk Revit Certification Exam.
    2. Practice with various mock examples to prepare for taking the exam.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1: Overview of the syllabus, Getting Started with an introduction to the use CAD/BIM in our profession.

    1. Overview of operational differences between AutoCAD and Revit interfaces.
    2. Create a small project with AutoCAD
    3. Create a small project with Revit Architecture.

    Week 2-6: Utilize AutoCAD to develop a small, comprehensive architectural project generating drawings and building views using commands, tools, techniques and industry standards.

    1. Create horizontal views (plans) of project that include 1.Site Plan, 2.Floor Plans of each level, 3. Roof Plan.
    2. Create vertical views (elevations) of project that include 1.Exterior Elevations, 2. Interior Elevations.
    3. Create sectional views (building sections) of project that include 1. Building Wall Section.

    Week 7: Utilize Revit (BIM) to develop a small, comprehensive Architectural project using parametric based objects to construct a 3D model of the project using commands, tools, techniques and industry standards.

    1. Introduce Interface and organizing structure of components within the model.
    2. Introduce project navigation and associated tool bars.
    3. Introduce the concept of setting up a project.

    Week 8-10: Create and modify components families and incorporate them within a project.

    1. Walls and Curtain Walls.
    2. Windows and Doors
    3. Floors and Stairs
    4. Roofs and Ceilings

    Week 11-12: Generation of presentation and annotated (‘working’) drawings.

    1. Create horizontal views (plans) of project that include 1.Site Plan, 2.Floor Plans of each level, 3. Roof Plan.
    2. Create vertical views (elevations) of project that include 2.Exterior Elevations, 2. Interior Elevations.
    3. Create sectional views (building sections) of project that include 1. Building Wall Section.
    4. Create Schedules

    Week 13-14: Rendering and animation.

    1. Use internal Revit rendering engine to create 3D ‘rendered’ views of model.
    2. Create sun studies
    3. Create camera views
    4. Create animation through and around model.

    Week 15: 3D Printer and CNC machine

    1. Students will prepare a digital file to send to a 3D printer and/or CNC machine for fabrication.

    Week 16: Autodesk Certification Exam.

    1. Students will take a ‘practice’ or ‘mock’ version of the Autodesk Certification Exam as their final exam for the course

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARCH 2020 - Structural Systems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARCH 1010  

    (formerly DRAD 2020)

    Using analytical and graphical solutions, students will evaluate the theory and practice behind the creation of architectural structures. They will learn about structural principals found in nature and case studies of buildings that lead in the evolution of structural engineering and built form. Structural prototypes will be constructed including both hands-on model making and analytical computer modeling which will introduce methods for developing and testing systems. Students will create drawings with architectural design of structural members and material properties including steel, concrete, timber and other structural materials. Analysis of external and internal loads, basic mathematical calculations of structures, and movement of the structure under various loads will be examined and summarized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1

    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to interpret terminology, conventions, techniques, and symbols of the building forces.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the language of structural engineering including shear, strain, bending, and deflection.
    2. Identify symbols, within the analysis and completed documentation of structures.
    3. Identify connections, within the analysis and completed documentation of structures.
    4. Identify annotation within the analysis and completed documentation of structures.

    Outcome 2

    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to analyze natural and engineered structures.

    Objectives:

    1. Classify various material properties of a tree, spider web, eggshell, soap bubbles and the human body.
    2. Classify various structural properties of a tree, spider web, eggshell, soap bubbles and the human body.
    3. Compare natural structures.
    4. Compare engineered structures.

    Outcome 3

    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to analyze the structural forces in various building forms and materials.

    Objectives:

    1. Examine general theory of structures including loads, forces, and properties.
    2. Identify structural components within the systems.
    3. Compare steel, concrete, timber and other materials.

    Outcome 4

    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to research the structural principles within existing case studies.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify projects with new processes, fabrication methods, and geometric configurations.
    2. Name the structural pioneers who tested the limits of contemporary engineering with new models of our built environment.

    Outcome 5

    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to create a physical model of structural forms.

    Objectives:

    1. Gather several materials.
    2. Develop models with materials found in nature and man-made.

    Outcome 6

    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to evaluate various computer programs used for structural analysis.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify connections between architecture and structural analysis computer software.
    2. Generate structural layouts and connections using BIM technology.

    Outcome 7

    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to critique architectural drawings for the purpose of determining the structural system and detail requirements.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop sketches of the structural system within existing construction documents.
    2. Generate details of various structural connections.

    Outcome 8

    Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to create basic architectural structural drawings.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw structural floor plans.
    2. Draw sections.
    3. Draw details of a small structure.

    Outcome 9:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a course architectural design portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Present a collection of drawings created in the course.
    2. Identify the portfolio creation process.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to structures and design
    2. Graphical communication for structural design
    3. Case Studies
    4. Design of structural materials: Concrete, Timber, Steel, Plastic
    5. Analytical studies of structural systems
    6. Examination and experimentation with various Case Studies
    7. Structural Drawings
    8. Course Portfolio

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARCH 2030 - Architectural Design 3

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARCH 1010  and DRCG 1140 ; or consent of the program advisor

    (formerly DRAD 2030)

    This course builds on the phases of the design process and construction and focuses on a larger scale commercial project with added integrated systems within environmental design, building code and program requirements, interior space relationships and circulation, study of materials selected for interior and exterior application, and introduction to the various building systems. Students will present hand sketch design solutions and create a BIM model to build upon throughout the phases of design and construction to complete a set of architectural drawings of their design solutions.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to complete a site analysis for commercial development.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify existing site characteristics for determining the best use of the property.
    2. Investigate different existing environmental site concerns.
    3. Research property site codes and zoning ordinances.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a building code analysis.

    Objectives:

    1. Research current building codes.
    2. Adhere to the current barrier-free design and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) standards for accessible design.
    3. Identify appropriate building codes for a project.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze program requirements.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine goals and constraints of the project.
    2. Identify users of the building.
    3. Identify primary use of building, rooms, and spaces needed, etc.
    4. Document commercial zoning and building code restrictions.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create schematic design solutions or design development drawings based on research.

    Objectives:

    1. Create bubble diagrams showing spatial relationships and circulation.
    2. Develop a design concept.
    3. Select building materials that support the goals of the design solution.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop a complete architectural design set for commercial projects.

    Objectives:

    1. Create a site plan.
    2. Design a floor plan.
    3. Identify elevations.
    4. Create a perspective drawing.
    5. Construct a model.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create Building Information Modeling (BIM) computer generated drawings.

    Objectives:

    1. Coordinate the digital files to illustrate a student solution.
    2. Identify the components for a BIM computer-generated drawing.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a course architectural design portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Present a collection of drawings created in the course.
    2. Identify the portfolio creation process.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Commercial
    2. Site Analysis
    3. Building Code Analysis
    4. Program requirements
    5. Schematic Design
    6. Design development
    7. Site Plan
    8. Floor Plans
    9. Elevations
    10. Perspectives
    11. BIM Model
    12. Course Design Portfolio

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARCH 2040 - Architectural Design 4

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ARCH 2030  

    Corequisites: ARCH 1020  

    (formerly DRAD 2040)

    This course is the last of the architectural design courses and an introduction of elements and methods of urban planning and design. Students will examine urban developments in history within city and community and issues arising in current urban design practice. Analysis of design within diverse urban areas open to public use, patterns in urbanizing areas, city or town individual structures, landscape design layout, an understanding of watersheds, topography, conservation or creation of green areas, the need for the preservation of energy resources and the restructuring of inner cities, and the metropolitan edge. Emphasis is placed on design of infrastructure such as highways, streets, bicycle, pedestrian trails and open spaces, buildings, and landscape patterns that establish neighborhoods and provide the settings for community public life. As a capstone course, students will finalize their architectural design portfolio using the best projects from all courses.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compare urban planning city developments throughout history.

    Objectives:

    1. Examine the historical nature of cities and towns and the process of urbanization.
    2. Identify the rise in city populations
    3. Discuss urban history as wider systems of communication, power or social relations.
    4. Describe the sustainable urbanism design movement.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline several important urban designers and the practice of urban design.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how the urban design practice shapes the physical setting for life in cities, towns, and villages.
    2. Identify the built environment professionals and the nature of urban design reflected in the Urban Design Alliance (UDAL).
    3. Identify software used for urban design.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze infrastructure and patterns established within cities and neighborhoods.

    Objectives:

    1. Distinguish the physical components of interrelated systems essential to our built environment.
    2. Develop infrastructure solutions that are cost-effective, efficient, and sustainable.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to propose solutions to bring a sense of community back to a neighborhood.

    Objectives:

    1. Examine the relationship between neighborhood design and the sense of community.
    2. Model community engagement as a process of working corroboratively with individuals and groups to achieve specific goals.
    3. Identify various urban park systems that support participation in and attachment to community.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to make development recommendations to city officials.

    Objectives:

    1. Create a spatial analysis of structures at the human scale.
    2. Identify useful, attractive, safe, environmentally sustainable, economically successful, and socially equitable places.
    3. Investigate local identity and sense of place, cultural responsiveness, and purposeful environmental innovation within local cities.
    4. Evaluate local city developments.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to build a model representing the infrastructure within an area of concern.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain why urban models are a vital tool for town/city planning and development.
    2. Identify model making tips for urban models built at a smaller scale representing large urban areas.
    3. Identify materials for urban models built at a smaller scale representing large urban areas.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to finalize their professional architectural design portfolio.

    Objectives:

    1. Present a collection of drawings created in the course.
    2. Identify the portfolio creation process.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. History of Urban Development
    2. Urban Designers
    3. Practice of Urban Design
    4. Infrastructure and Patterns
    5. Sustainable Neighborhoods
    6. Sense of Community
    7. Local City Developments
    8. Human Scale
    9. Environmental Innovations
    10. Build a Model
    11. Professional Design Portfolio

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARCH 2230 - AEC Project Management

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly DRAD 2230)

    This course will give students a solid understanding of AEC (Architecture, Engineering, and Construction) Project Management fundamentals.  Working within the roles and responsibilities of owner, designer, contractor, and supplier, students will learn all of the stages of the Facility Life Cycle from project conception to facility management. Using key construction terminology, this course will strengthen the understanding of industry planning, organizing, and administering successful projects.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define the project life cycle.

    Objectives:

    1. Use key words and phrases during the building development process.
    2. Interpret project documents including notes, forms, schedules or legends

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop goals during the project conception.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify all of the major parties involved in a typical construction project.
    2. Outline the role of each major party.
    3. Interpret contract terms and conditions

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate the type of Project Delivery necessary for individual projects.

    Objectives:

    1. Analyze the project.
    2. Compare and contrast project delivery options.
    3. Recommend a delivery option; Design-Bid-Build, construction management, design-build, and owner-build,

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline the design process and development.

    Objectives:

    1. Evaluate the process of selecting products
    2. Examine processes relevant to specific projects.
    3. Select appropriate sustainable design principles
    4. Select environmental design tools to certify facilities with USGBC criteria in order to protect public health and the environment.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate the contract documents including working drawings and the project manual.

    Objectives:

    1. Interpret various construction contracts, methods, and materials.
    2. Explain the Construction Sequencing.
    3. Prepare outline specifications using the CSI Materformat tools, reference books, sweet catalogs, and other materials as needed.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to complete the project bid phase including Bidding, Negotiating, and Purchasing.

    Objectives:

    1. Complete the appropriate bidding procedures for various projects.
    2. Prepare bid proposal forms
    3. Prepare advertisements.
    4. Prepare notice for bidders.
    5. Evaluate the bids received.
    6. Award a contract.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to communicate effectively during Construction.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify strategies needed for effective teamwork based on the delivery method.
    2. Administer construction based on the delivery method
    3. Coordinate the working drawings as they relate to the specifications.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to assess the Facility Management operations required at the completion of a project.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine the maintenance needed to complete the project.
    2. Utilize project resources for effective building management, improvements, and modifications.
    3. Justify improvements or modifications if needed.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Project Life Cycle terms and definitions

    2. Project Conception

    3. Project Delivery

    4. Design Process

    5. Contract Documents

    6. Bidding, Negotiating, and Purchasing

    7. Construction

    8. Facility Management


    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Art

  
  • ARTT 1060 - Basic Drawing 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Basic drawing skills for both commercial and general art. Introductions to elements of drawing, perspective, and drawing media, such as charcoal, ink, conte crayon, pencil, etc. Composition with still life, figure and landscape. Required for pre-art majors.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize drawing vocabulary.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Learn the drawing terminology.
    2. Keep a sketchbook/ journal of drawing terms and practice.
    3. Identify the different drawing media

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create several fundamental charcoal drawings.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Discuss the benefits of using charcoal.
    2. Discuss the limitations of using charcoal.
    3. Create a significant charcoal drawing from observation.
    4. Identify a charcoal drawing.

    Outcome3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental graphite drawing.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Discuss the benefits of using graphite.
    2. Discuss the limitations of using graphite.
    3. Create a significant graphite drawing from observation.
    4. Identify a graphite drawing.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental drawing using perspective techniques

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Create a drawing using 1 point perspective.
    2. Create a drawing using 2 point perspective.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental composition

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Create a drawing using formal composition techniques.
    2. Create a drawing using informal composition techniques.
    3. Explain how composition is used in fine art.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the long history of drawing and its relevance in art history.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify the proper tools for drawing.
    2. Identify significant artists who have used drawing.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the importance of properly presenting artwork.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Present drawings in a professional manner
    2. Discuss the merit of drawings in front of the class.
    3. Prepare drawings for portfolio review
    4. Prepare drawings for exhibition

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits and use proper shop etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Use appropriate safety standards.
    2. Use tools and materials properly.
    3. Follow proper studio methodology.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the importance of working from direct observation.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Work directly from a still life in class
    2. Set up a still life at home to work from
    3. Identify techniques for drawing from direct observation
    4. Identify basic proportional techniques for drawing from direct observation

    Outcome 10: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the different drawing papers and their use.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Create a drawing using charcoal paper
    2. Create a drawing using drawing paper
    3. Create a drawing using newsprint

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Project 1: blind contour
    Project 2: gesture drawing
    Project 3: value scales with charcoal and graphite
    Project 4: drapery
    Project 5: perspective
    Project 6: composition
    Project 7: critique paper
    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 1070 - Basic Drawing 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 1060 

    Continuation of ARTT 1060 with greater emphasis on composition, rendering, perspective, and personal expression. Required for pre-art majors.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize an advance drawing vocabulary.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Learn the drawing terminology.
    2. Keep a sketchbook/ journal of drawing terms and practice.
    3. Identify the different black and white drawing media
    4. Identify the different color drawing media

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create several advanced charcoal drawings.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Discuss the benefits of using charcoal.
    2. Discuss the limitations of using charcoal.
    3. Create a significant charcoal drawing from observation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an advanced graphite drawing.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Discuss the benefits of using graphite.
    2. Discuss the limitations of using graphite.
    3. Create a significant graphite drawing from observation.
    4. Identify a graphite drawing.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an advanced drawing using 2 and 3 point perspective techniques

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Create a drawing using 2 and 3 point perspective.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to convey emotion by using drawing techniques.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Create a group of drawings that convey emotion based on the use of media.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop use of creativity.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Illustrate a story or poem to develop a concept.
    2. Create a drawing based on their own concept.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the importance of properly presenting artwork.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Present drawings in a professional manner
    2. Discuss the merit of drawings in front of the class.
    3. Prepare drawings for portfolio review
    4. Prepare drawings for exhibition
    5. Matte and frame artwork

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits and use proper shop etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Use appropriate safety standards.
    2. Use tools and materials properly.
    3. Follow proper studio methodology.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the importance of working from their own imagination.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Work directly from a still life in class in abstract
    2. Develop a drawing based on their own imagination
    3. Identify basic proportional techniques for drawing imagination

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:
    Project 1: blind contour
    Project 2: 3 point perspective
    Project 3: developing concept and imagination
    Project 4: story/poem illustration
    Project 5: color
    Project 6: abstraction/distortion
    Project 7: critique paper
    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 1360 - Color & Design 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Principles of design as a foundation for all work in art. Creative experimentation in two-dimensional design with line, shape, value, texture, and color in various media. Required for pre-art majors.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to design projects with basic elements of design.

    Objectives:

    1. Design projects using the elements of line, shape and form
    2. Incorporate hue, value, and intensity in their projects
    3. Use texture and perspective in their projects

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the basic principles of design art projects.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize elements of design and organization in works of art, contemporary and traditional
    2. Apply these principles by incorporating them into their projects

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Sources of Design
      1. Nature
        1. Selected examples in films and slides, lectures and discussions.
        2. Design problems involving studies in:
          1. Natural design formation
          2. Simplifying nature
          3. Abstraction in natural sources
          4. Design project from above
      2. Man-made geometric and/or architectural forms
        1. Selected examples in films and slides, lectures and discussions
        2. Sources of man-made and/or non-objective design forms
        3. The man-made environment
        4. Design project involving above concepts
    2. Studies in Visual Design
      1. Elements of art
        1. Line
          1. Shape
          2. Form
          3. Design project involving above concepts
        2. Color
          1. Hue
          2. Value
          3. Intensity
          4. Design project involving above concepts
      2. Texture and perspective as result of color and line
        1. Texture - selected examples in many materials
          1. Actual
          2. Implied
          3. Design problem
        2. Perspective (including volume)
          1. Actual
          2. Implied
          3. Design problem in volume
          4. Design problem in perspective
        3. Actual
        4. Implied
      3. Organization or composition
        1. Unity and variety, and design problem
        2. Harmony and contrast, and design problem
        3. Critique of designs
          1. Student
          2. Contemporary
          3. Traditional
      4. Audiovisual aids, field trips, and demonstrations as supplement to program

    Primary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Secondary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 1380 - 3D Design

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (replaces but does not equate to ARTT 1370)

    An introduction to the elements and principles of three-dimensional design. Creative experimentation in three-dimensional design with mass, volume, line, time, space, texture, and color in various approaches explored in paper, wood, plastic, metal, etc.

    NOTE: ARTT 1360 should be taken prior to, or in the same semester as ARTT 1380.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections


    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will utilize a vocabulary associated with 3-dimensional forms.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify different aspects of 3-dimensional design using proper vocabulary
    2. Analyze and discuss 3-dimensional works using proper vocabulary

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create seven individual 3-dimensional models that exhibit the seven elements that make up a three dimensional form.

    Objectives:

    1. Produce a 3D model that exhibits the qualities of mass.
    2. Produce a 3D model that exhibits the qualities of volume.
    3. Produce a 3D model that exhibits the qualities of line.
    4. Produce a 3D model that exhibits the qualities of plane.
    5. Produce a 3D model that exhibits the qualities of color.
    6. Produce a 3D model that exhibits the qualities of texture.
    7. Produce a 3D model that exhibits the qualities of time.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental constructed wood 3-dimensional form.

    Objectives: 

    1. Identify different types of wood suitable for building.
    2. Identify tools used for woodworking.
    3. Produce a constructed wood 3-dimensional project (puzzle)

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental clock.

    Objectives: 

    1. Produce a 3-dimensional project that keeps time
    2. Understand several different ways of keeping time.

     

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental 3-dimensional form that relates to its surroundings.

    Objectives: 

    1. Produce a 3-dimensional project that relates to its surrounding.
    2. Document the 3-dimensional project in three additional surroundings
    3. Identify how the surroundings change the dynamics of the project.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate how 3-dimensional form can manipulate people’s movement.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Produce a 3-dimensonal project that directs people’s movements.
    2. Produce documentation of people interacting with the 3-dimensional project

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits.

    Objectives: 

    1. Use appropriate safety standards.
    2. Use tools properly.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate proper shop etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: 

    1. Maintain a clean studio
    2. Follow proper shop methodology.
    3. Maintain basic equipment shop equipment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Elements of a three dimensional form
    2. Tool use and studio etiquette
    3. Form and function
    4. Time
    5. Utilization of space
    6. Reduce, reuse, recycle
    7. Art History of three dimensional design
    8. Critique paper of significant three dimensional building, park or sculpture in the area

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 1460 - Ceramics 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Introduction to ceramic handcraft; design processes, hand building methods, throwing on the potter’s wheel, decoration, glazing, and firing.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competence in ceramics using additive and reductive methods.

    Objectives: The student will complete:

    1. A coil built ceramics piece.
    2. A wet slab constructed ceramics piece.
    3. A wheel thrown ceramics piece.
    4. A reductive (carved) ceramic piece.

    Outcome 2: Upon the completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competence in clay body usage.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Make a clay body from raw materials.
    2. Make a glaze from raw materials.
    3. Demonstrate and utilize basic ceramics terminology.

    Outcome 3: Upon the completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competence in studio tools and equipment.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use various hand tools for creating a ceramics piece.
    2. Demonstrate various firing temperatures in clay body firings.
    3. Load and unload ceramics kilns
    4. Load and unload raku kilns
    5. Demonstrate proper use of the ceramics wheel process.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits and use proper studio etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use appropriate safety standards.
    2. Use tools properly.
    3. Follow proper shop methodology.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Class introduction to ceramics studio and safety practices
    2. Coil building
    3. Clay bodies
    4. Slab building
    5. Slips and glazes
    6. Wheel throwing
    7. Kiln and firing
    8. Reductive ceramics
    9. Raku firing

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 1470 - Ceramics 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 1460  and ARTT 2560 

    A continuation of ARTT 1460, the emphasis on increased conceptual and technical skills, particularly wheel-throwing and leather-hard slab construction.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the development of studio techniques in ceramics using additive and subtractive methods.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Use additive ceramics techniques for creation of an advanced ceramics form.
    2. Use formative ceramics techniques for creation of an advanced ceramics form.
    3. Use reductive ceramics techniques for creation of an advanced ceramics form.
    4. Use a combination of ceramics techniques for creation of an advanced ceramics form.
    5. Create a large ceramic piece.

    Outcome 2: Upon the completion of this course, students will demonstrate competence in glaze compositions.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Mix and maintain class glaze recipes.
    2. Document various glaze properties and results.

    Outcome 3: Upon the completion of this course, students will demonstrate competence in the operation of electric and gas fired kilns.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Load a bisque kiln.
    2. Load a glaze kiln.
    3. Load a gas fired kiln.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits and use proper shop etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Use appropriate safety standards.
    2. Use tools properly.
    3. Follow proper shop methodology.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Introduction to the ceramics studio and safety practice
    2. Additive ceramics
    3. Reductive ceramics
    4. Mixing and maintaining glazes
    5. Kiln methodology
    6. Working in large scale

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 1480 - Ceramics 3

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 1470  and ARTT 2560 

    Advanced work in the art and craft of clay and glazes. Additive, reductive, and formative construction; lab practice; architectural scale ceramics; combining media, field trips. May be taken twice for credit.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to utilize techniques previously learned to make significant sculptural and functional ceramics pieces.

    Objectives: Students will complete:

    1. Select varied media and use various techniques to execute conceptual ceramics pieces.
    2. Use mixed media in creation of a significant ceramics piece.
    3. Create a large free standing ceramics piece to be utilized in an architectural setting.

    Outcome 2: Upon the completion of this course, students will demonstrate competence in glaze composition and firing.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Learn empirical formulas.
    2. Load glaze kiln and tend firing.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits and use proper shop etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Use appropriate safety standards.
    2. Use tools properly.
    3. Follow proper shop methodology.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Class introduction, ceramic studio orientation, safety agreement, in class assignment
    2. Project #1 Create a mixed media ceramics piece
    3. Project #2 Critical thinking paper
    4. Project #3 Create a significant architectural scale ceramics piece
    5. Project #4 Field trip to see professional ceramics studio
    6. Project #5 Create a significant additive ceramics piece
    7. Project #6 Create a significant ceramics piece
    8. Project #7 Create a significant ceramics piece
    9. Project #8 Kiln methodology
    10. Project #9 Glaze methodology
    11. Final critique, last day of class

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 1560 - New Media in Fine Art

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 1360 

    An introduction to fine art creations using digital hardware and software. Creative experimentation primarily using a digital camera and with the adobe creative cloud with concepts of digital imaging from a fine art perspective. Students will learn proper camera use, Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Bridge, Camera Raw, using a scanner as a camera and proper printing.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will utilize a vocabulary associated with digital photography

    Objective:

    1. Communicate their ideas and understanding of different aspects of photography using media specific vocabulary
    2. Communicate their ideas and understanding of different aspects of digital photographic software using media specific vocabulary
    3. Analyze and discuss photographic works using media specific vocabulary

    Outcome 2: Students will produce photographic works that display competence working with a variety of digital media.

    Objective:

    1. Produce work using images with best practices using a DSLR camera
    2. Produce work using images with best practices using a scanner as a camera
    3. Produce work using images that are provided to them via web application.
    4. Display capability with basic Adobe Photoshop work flow.
    5. Display capability with basic Camera Raw work flow.
    6. Display capability with basic Adobe Bridge work flow.

    Outcome 3: Students will apply critical thinking in their photographic work.

    Objective:

    1. Utilize basics of digital cameras and capture/import methods.
    2. Utilize aspects of image editing.
    3. Utilize aspects of image color management.
    4. Implement prescribed workflows to achieve desired results.
    5. Identify the tool/procedure best suited for the desired result in image repair
    6. Identify the tool/procedure best suited for the desired result in image manipulation
    7. Prepare images with proper formatting for web.
    8. Prepare images with proper formatting for print.
    9. Prepare images with proper formatting for multimedia applications.

    Outcome 4: Students will apply creative thinking in their photographic work.

    Objective:

    1. Produce original photographic content with consideration for framing.
    2. Produce original photographic content with consideration to proper exposure
    3. Produce original photographic content with consideration to effective image manipulation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. OS/Adobe Interface familiarity
    2. Camera function and Usage
    3. Manual Camera Usage settings: Aperture, Shutter speed, Depth of field, ISO, etc.
    4. Image import/Image Management
    5. Image repair
    6. Compositing, Blend modes, layer management
    7. Stop motion animation
    8. Scanner as a Camera
    9. Shooting a body of work
    10. Color management
    11. Prepping image for print and/or web
    12. Managing print settings, how to print in house and how to outsource
    13. Peer critical writing project

    *Each section and lesson includes historical references and examination of known work


    Primary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Secondary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 1620 - Fine Art Appreciation

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ARTT 1610)

    Open to all students to develop insight and gain experience in the visual arts. Non-historical introduction to the aesthetic elements of architecture, sculpture, crafts, painting, drawing, printmaking, design, etc.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to identify the various mediums and their particular qualities.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the components of two-dimensional art: drawing, painting, printmaking, photography & film.
    2. Express the components of three dimensional art: sculpture, craft media, and architecture.
    3. Identify the various periods and the language of architecture.
    4. Identify the movements in Western art.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to apply fundamental art vocabulary:

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Critically analyze visual art forms through writing.
    2. Articulate the context of particular works of art.
    3. Identify the various periods.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to identify the formal elements of design in art.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Recognize the organizing principles of design.
    2. Analyze the elements of design in context.
    3. Exercise critical evaluation of the elements.
    4. Identify form and content.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Learning to See
      1. Understanding Art
      2. Visual Elements
      3. Organizing Principles
    2. Two-Dimensional Media & Methods
      1. Drawing
      2. Painting
      3. Printmaking
      4. Photography & Film
    3. Three-Dimensional Media & Methods
      1. Sculpture
      2. Craft Media
      3. Architecture
    4. Art in Time
      1. Art Movements
      2. Western Art

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 1625 - Fine Art Appreciation: Travel Abroad

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Open to all students to develop insight and gain experience in the visual arts through travel. Introduction to the aesthetic elements of architecture, sculpture, crafts, painting, drawing, printmaking, design, etc. This class will travel to European locations to appreciate real-world examples.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to identify the various media and their particular qualities through real world examples.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the components of two-dimensional art through authentic example: drawing, painting, printmaking, photography, and film.
    2. Express the components of three-dimensional art through authentic example: sculpture, craft media, and architecture.
    3. Identify the movements in Western art and where they exist in context.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to apply fundamental art vocabulary while observing actual artworks through a historical context:

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Critically analyze visual art forms through writing.
    2. Complete a visual journal of their observations obtained through travel.
    3. Articulate the historical context of the artwork of a particular international location through presentation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to identify the formal elements of design in art.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Recognize the elements of design through authentic examples.
    2. Analyze the elements of design through authentic examples.
    3. Exercise critical evaluation of the elements.
    4. Identify form and content.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, the student will show a greater global competency through the appreciation of art in its original context.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Articulate the importance of visual art in the world through travel.
    2. Express the cultural significance of art in its location.
    3. Grasp their position as a global citizen through international travel.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week 1: On Campus

    1. Introduction to the class
    2. What to expect when travelling
    3. Introduction to the Arts
    4. How to appreciate art

    Week 2: Abroad

    1. Curriculum aligned with travel destinations

    Week 3: Abroad

    1. Curriculum aligned with travel destinations

    Week 4: On Campus

    1. Evaluation of trip
    2. Presentations

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2060 - Life Drawing 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 1060 

    Basic study of the human form. Includes anatomy, structural, and visual form. Required for pre-art majors.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate analytical methods of perceiving the human form.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify a series of drawing terms within art historical images.
    2. Create an awareness of how to express thoughts and emotions using the figure in 2 dimensional drawings.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an understanding of drawing concepts, materials and techniques.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Produce a figure or portrait study in charcoal.
    2. Exhibit proper studio etiquette.
    3. Understand the different materials of drawing throughout art history.
    4. Apply modeling principals to visualized solid form.
    5. Apply compositional concepts in figure drawing.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a basic knowledge of proportion of the human form.

    Objectives:

    1. Understand basic knowledge of skeletal anatomy.
    2. Understand basic knowledge of muscular anatomy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to class, studio/ proper studio etiquette
    2. Project #1 the figure in space
    3. Project #2 skeletal anatomy
    4. Project #3 muscular anatomy
    5. Materials demonstration
    6. Project #4 compositional concepts
    7. Project #5 producing a portfolio
    8. Critical thinking paper

    Primary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Secondary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2070 - Life Drawing 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 2060 

    Continuation of ARTT 2060 with greater development of personal skills.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, the student will demonstrate advanced analytical methods of perceiving the human form.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Apply advanced modeling principals to visualized solid form.
    2. Express an advanced awareness of how to express thoughts and emotions using the figure in 2 dimensional drawings

    Outcome 2: Upon the completion of the course, the student will demonstrate advanced ability to apply concepts and techniques to significant drawings.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Produce advanced figure studies in charcoal.
    2. Apply significant compositional concepts in figure drawing.
    3. Produce advanced portrait studies in pastel.

    Outcome 3: Upon the completion of the course, the student will demonstrate an advanced knowledge of skeletal and muscular anatomy.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Identify the skeletal structure of the human form in drawing
    2. Identify the muscular anatomy of the human form in a drawing

    Outcome 4: Upon the completion of the course, the student will demonstrate the different materials and techniques of drawing throughout art history.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Identify a series of terms and art historical images
    2. Exhibit proper studio etiquette

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to class, studio/ proper studio etiquette
    2. Project #1 the figure in space
    3. Project #2 skeletal anatomy
    4. Project #3 muscular anatomy
    5. Project #4 Portraiture.
    6. Project #5 compositional concepts
    7. Project #6 producing a portfolio
    8. Critical thinking paper

    Primary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Secondary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2160 - Basic Painting 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 1060  and ARTT 1360 

    Abstract and realistic approaches for the technical handling of tools, pigments, and processes in acrylic and/or oil painting.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize the basic elements of painting.

    Objectives:

    1. Define and list basic painting volcabulary including identifciation of materials and tools.
    2. Use a variety of painting materials and tools.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply basic principles of painting.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the use of various paiting pallettes (e.g. grisaille, glazing, and tint)
    2. Demonstarte the use of various painting techniques (e.g. washes, flat tones, and gradations)    

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to appreciate the traditional richness and versatility of teh history of painting.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop skills based on awareness of the respresentation of such skills in historical works
    2. Reference great artistic works in their own developmental projects

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction of materials and course outline
    2. 2-3 weeks of basic painting principals and vocabulary in notebook form (paper painting)
    3. 2-3 weeks in layering techniques (paper and board)
    4. 2-4 weeks in limited palette processes (paper and board or panel)
    5. 3-5 weeks in stretched canvas sustainment (one required)
    6. 1-2 weeks of research from painters in history
    7. 1 week in review for written exam

    Primary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Secondary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2170 - Oil Painting-Painting 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 2160  

    Classical handling of the medium with some research into contemporary methods and material.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to produce a sustained painting on stretched canvas from preliminary studies.

    Objectives:

    1. Learn about different types of supports (e.g. canvas, panels)
    2. Treat different types of supports with a variety of preparational priming methods
    3. Produce a final product that incorporates these strategies

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate an ability to paint color harmonies with compositional schemes and convert drawings into paintings.

    Objectives:

    1. Transcribe preliminary painting studies into a final sustained painting
    2. Apply competently specific palettes (e.g. flesh use of compliments for tonal applications, shadow, etc.) in the students’ final products

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain ideas and criteria in various works of art.

    Objectives:

    1. Define ideas and criteria within historical references
    2. Develop ideas in their creative abilities that parallel those within an historical reference.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Intro of materials and course outline.
    2. 2 weeks in preparation of panels and stretched canvasses.
    3. 3 - 4 week on intro assignments rotations (one from observation/one from photo source.
    4. 3 - 4 week planning a composition for sustainment using preliminary studies.
    5. 2 - 3 weeks converting a drawing to a painting.
    6. 2 - 3 weeks practicing with figurative apalettes.
    7. 2 - 3 weeks in reading and experimenting in paint from an artist of choice.

    Primary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Secondary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2200 - Jewel & Metalwork

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course covers elements of design and production of handcrafted jewelry, small sculpture, and functional objects in metals and other media, including centrifugal casting (of “lost wax” and other organic models), gas and electric welding, and forging techniques. Students will work in construction (with sheet, wire, and other media).

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a project design.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Create original jewelry designs.
    2. Create original metalwork designs.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will become familiar with critical evaluation of their work and the work of others.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Participate in a group critique.
    2. Evaluate and critique the merit of their work.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate competence in the basic skills needed to construct and fabricate a piece of jewelry and/or metalwork.

    Objectives: During the course the student will use the following techniques:

    1. Cutting.
    2. Piercing.
    3. Soldering.
    4. Annealing.
    5. Casting.
    6. Finishing.
    7. Gas Welding.
    8. Forging techniques.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will become familiar with and demonstrate competence in basic studio etiquette and safety practices.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Follow proper studio etiquette.
    2. Demonstrate hand tool safety practices.
    3. Demonstrate safe equipment use.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Introduction to class, studio/ safety orientation
    2. Project: Design
    3. Project: Riveting and soldering
    4. Tool demonstration
    5. Forming and rolling
    6. Project: Welding basics
    7. Project: Finishing
    8. Critical thinking paper
    9. Project: Forging basic

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2210 - Jewel & Metalwork 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 2200 

    This course is a continuation of ARTT 2200 with emphasis on greater individual direction and choice of media. Students will gain further experience in centrifugal casting, stone setting, advanced welding, and forging.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an advanced project design.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Create advanced original jewelry designs drawings.
    2. Create advanced original metalwork designs drawings.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will become familiar with critical evaluation of their work and the work of others.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Participate in a group critique.
    2. Evaluate and critique the merit of their work.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate knowledge of the advanced skills need to construct and fabricate a piece of jewelry and/or metalwork.

    Objectives: During the course the student will use the following techniques:

    1. Cutting
    2. Piercing
    3. Soldering using intermediate and advanced techniques
    4. Annealing
    5. Lost wax casting
    6. Stone setting
    7. Finishing
    8. Welding

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will demonstrate competence in studio etiquette and safety practices.

    Objectives: During the course the student will demonstrate:

    1. Follow proper studio etiquette
    2. Hand tool safety practices
    3. Demonstrate safe equipment use

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Continue class, studio/ safety orientation
    2. Product Design
    3. Riveting and soldering
    4. Stone Setting
    5. Tool usage
    6. Repousse
    7. Forming and rolling
    8. Advanced Welding techniques
    9. Forging

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2560 - Sculpture 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Emphasis on basic techniques of modeling, casting, construction, and elementary carving. Abstract and figurative approaches.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental figurative sculpture.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Discuss the limits of clay.
    2. Produce a figure or portrait study in clay (sculpture).
    3. Explain the kiln firing process.
    4. Make a one- and/or two-piece plaster mold.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental welded steel sculpture.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify welding equipment.
    2. Produce a welded work (sculpture).

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental constructed wood sculpture.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify different types of wood.
    2. Identify tools used in wood sculpture.
    3. Produce a constructed wood (sculpture).

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental cast sculpture.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Make a wax positive.
    2. Explain the lost wax process.
    3. Explain the mold making process for casting in bronze.
    4. Produce a bronze (sculpture).
    5. Produce a variety of surfaces patinas.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a fundamental carved stone sculpture.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify different types of stone for carving.
    2. Identify the proper tools for stone carving.
    3. Produce a stone carving (sculpture).

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate fundamental knowledge of how to express thoughts and emotions in 3-dimensional form.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Discuss the importance of finish and presentation to the total process of making sculpture.
    2. Discuss the materials of sculpture throughout history.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits and use proper shop etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    Use appropriate safety standards.
    Use tools properly.
    Follow proper shop methodology.


    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Introduction to class, studio/safety orientation
    2. Project #1 Relief sculpture
    3. Project #2 Three-dimensional fundamentals
    4. Project #3 Wood constructed sculpture
    5. Tool demonstration
    6. Project #4 Figurative sculpture
    7. Basic anatomy
    8. Project #5 Welded steel sculpture
    9. Project #6 Lost Wax casting
    10. Critical thinking paper

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2570 - Sculpture 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 2560 

    Continuation of ARTT 2560 with emphasis on greater individual direction and choice of media.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an advanced figurative sculpture.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Discuss the limits of clay.
    2. Produce a figure or portrait study in clay (sculpture).
    3. Explain the kiln firing process.
    4. Make a one- and/or two-piece plaster mold.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an advanced welded steel sculpture.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify welding equipment.
    2. Produce a welded work (sculpture).

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an advanced constructed wood sculpture.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify different types of wood.
    2. Identify tools used in wood sculpture.
    3. Produce a constructed wood (sculpture).

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an advanced cast sculpture.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Make a wax positive.
    2. Explain the lost wax process.
    3. Explain the mold making process for casting in bronze.
    4. Produce a bronze (sculpture).
    5. Produce a variety of surfaces patinas.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an advanced carved stone sculpture.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify different types of stone for carving.
    2. Identify the proper tools for stone carving.
    3. Produce a stone carving (sculpture).

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the materials of sculpture throughout history.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify art terminology.
    2. Discuss art historical images.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate advanced knowledge of how to express thoughts and emotions in 3-dimensional form.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Discuss the importance of finish to the total process of making sculpture.
    2. Discuss the importance of presentation to the total process of making sculpture.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits and use proper shop etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use appropriate safety standards.
    2. Use tools properly.
    3. Follow proper shop methodology.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Introduction to class, studio/safety orientation
    2. Project #1 Flexible rubber mold and bronze casting
    3. Project #2 Metal fabrication
    4. Project #3 Wood constructed sculpture
    5. Tool demonstration
    6. Project #4 Figurative sculpture
    7. Basic anatomy
    8. Project #5 Working independently
    9. Project #6 Producing a portfolio
    10. Critical thinking paper

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2580 - Sculpture 3

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ARTT 2560  and ARTT 2570 

    ARTT 2580 is for advanced sculpture making. Students gain a greater understanding of concepts and object making through advanced work in welding and the casting processes.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcomes 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competence in developing advanced concepts expressed through sculpture.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Select varied media and use various techniques to execute conceptual sculptures
    2. Create advanced sculptures using welding techniques.
    3. Create advanced sculptures using the casting process.
    4. Create advanced sculptures using the lost wax casting process.
    5. Create a large free standing sculpture.

    Outcomes 2: Upon the completion of this course, students will be able to prepare a proposal and portfolio for a sculpture exhibition.

    Objectives: The student will

    1. Document their sculpture using current standards.
    2. Write an artist’s statement.
    3. Write a proposal for a sculpture exhibition.

    Outcomes 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits and use proper shop etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use appropriate safety standards.
    2. Use tools properly.
    3. Follow proper shop methodology.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Class introduction, sculpture studio orientation, safety agreement, in class assignment, model etiquette
    2. Project #1 advanced welding
    3. Project #2 critical thinking paper
    4. Project #3 Bronze casting
    5. Project #4 Lost wax bronze casting
    6. Project #5 documentation of art work
    7. Project #6 writing an artist statement
    8. Project #7 writing a exhibition proposal
    9. Project #8 Aluminum welded sculpture
    10. Project #9 Cast Aluminum sculpture
    11. Additional sculpture
    12. Additional sculpture
    13. Final critique, last day of class

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2600 - Figurative Sculpture 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ARTT 2922)

    This course introduces creation of sculpture art using the human figure. It covers a basic study and understanding of the human form in space, including anatomy, reduction, structure, and other sculpture practices.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competence in executing introductory figurative sculptures that represent key elements of human anatomy.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify basic skeletal anatomy and structure.
    2. Identify basic muscular anatomy and structure.
    3. Reduce the human form at an exact scale and proportion.
    4. Select varied media and use various techniques to execute figurative sculptures.
    5. In clay, create a seated human figure showing the basics of the human sculptural form.
    6. In clay, create a muscular structure of the human form and translate that to a standing figurative sculpture.
    7. Create a figurative sculpture using the lost wax casting process.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the history of the human form in sculpture.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Describe the history of figurative sculpture.
    2. Identify the significance of the history of figurative sculpture.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate safe work habits and use proper shop etiquette in a studio environment.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use appropriate safety standards.
    2. Use tools properly.
    3. Follow proper shop methodology.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Class Introduction, Sculpture Studio Orientation, Safety Agreement, In-Class Assignment, Model Etiquette
    2. Introduction to anatomy project #1, Demonstration, Work on #1
    3. Start Seated Model #1
    4. Work on #1
    5. Work on #1
    6. Work on #1
    7. Work on #1
    8. Work on #1, Paper Assigned
    9. Introduction to #2 Standing Figure, Armature
    10. Build Armature
    11. Start Standing Figure #2
    12. Work on #2
    13. Work on #2
    14. Work on #2
    15. Work on #2
    16. Work on #2, Mid-term Critique, Introduction to Reclining Figure #3
    17. Work on #3
    18. Work on #3
    19. Work on #3
    20. Work on #3
    21. Work on #3
    22. Introduction to Bust #4
    23. Create Bust Armature, Work on Measurements
    24. Work on #4
    25. Work on #4
    26. Work on #4
    27. Work on #4
    28. Work on #4
    29. Introduction to Reproduction #5
    30. Work on #5
    31. Work on #5, Sketchbooks Due

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2650 - Art of the Western World: Prehistory to Gothic

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ARTT 2610)

    Survey of architecture, sculpture, painting from prehistoric era to the Renaissance. Outstanding personalities and historical background.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discriminate between stylistic characteristics of Western and Islamic art historical periods from Prehistory through Gothic.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Recognized stylistic characteristics of Western and Islamic art historical periods from Prehistory through Gothic
    2. Define stylistic characteristics of Western and Islamic art historical periods from Prehistory through Gothic
    3. Compare stylistic characteristics of Western and Islamic art historical periods from Prehistory through Gothic

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the vocabulary of art history as it pertains to art from Western and Islamic periods from Prehistory through Gothic.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Define key terms used in art historical analysis for periods of Western and Islamic art from Prehistory through Gothic
    2. Use key terms in an analysis of Western and Islamic art historical periods from Prehistory through Gothic

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the formal elements of art.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Recognize the elements of form
    2. Recognize the elements of compositional design
    3. Analyze the relationship between form and content
    4. Evaluate the relationship between form and content

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Unit 1

    1. Prehistory
    2. Ancient Near East
    3. Egyptian
    4. Aegean
    5. Early and Classical Greece

    Unit 2

    1. Hellenistic
    2. Etruscan
    3. Roman
    4. Early Roman Christian
    5. Byzantine

    Unit 3

    1. Early Medieval
    2. Romanesque
    3. Gothic
    4. Late Gothic/Early Renaissance

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ARTT 2660 - Art of the Western World: Renaissance To Modern

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ARTT 2620)

    Survey of architecture, sculpture, painting from the Renaissance through modern times. Outstanding personalities and historical background.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discriminate between stylistic characteristics of Western art historical periods from the Renaissance through modern times.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Recognize stylistic characteristics of Western art historical periods from the Renaissance through modern times
    2. Define stylistic characteristics of Western art historical periods from the Renaissance through modern times
    3. Compare stylistic characteristics of Western art historical periods from the Renaissance through modern times

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the vocabulary of art history as it pertains to art from Western periods from the Renaissance through modern times.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Define key terms used in art historical analysis for periods of Western art historical periods from the Renaissance through modern times
    2. Use key terms in an analysis of Western art historical periods from the Renaissance through modern times

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the formal elements of art.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Recognize the elements of form
    2. Recognize the elements of compositional design
    3. Analyze the relationship between form and content
    4. Evaluate the relationship between form and content

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Unit 1

    1. Renaissance Italy
    2. Northern (Netherlands)
    3. England
    4. Germany
    5. Venice

    Unit 2

    1. Baroque & Rococo
    2. Neoclassical
    3. Romantic & Realism

    Unit 3

    1. Post-Impressionism
    2. Early 20th Century
    3. Mid to Late 20th Century

    Primary Faculty
    Mitchell, Todd
    Secondary Faculty
    Lambert, Julie
    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Astronomy

  
  • ASTR 1030 - General Astronomy 1

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Descriptive course analyzing the solar system, historical aspects, including the astronomy of ancient civilizations, important astronomers, and the instruments used by the astronomer.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: The student will analyze the nature of scientific laws, models, and theories.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the physical laws, models, and theories that are applicable to astronomical objects and phenomena.
    2. Describe physical laws, models, and theories that are applicable to astronomical objects and phenomena.
    3. Analyze and apply the physical laws, models, and theories that are applicable to astronomical objects and phenomena.
    4. Assess the testability of a hypothesis.
    5. Develop appropriate astronomical hypotheses.
    6. Analyze and interpret the success or failure of astronomical hypotheses.

    Outcome 2: The student will use appropriate specialized scientific vocabulary.

    Objectives:

    1. Define astronomical terminology.
    2. Recall astronomical terminology.
    3. Employ astronomical terminology.

    Outcome 3: The student will analyse the techniques used in observing and collecting data on astronomical objects and phenomena and how astronomical observations and data are analysed and interpreted.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify properties of electromagnetic radiation.
    2. Compare astronomical techniques of data acquisition.
    3. Interpret the observations and data acquired through various techniques.
    4. Perform calculations relevant to the phenomena of temperature conversions, stellar parallax, and basic carbon dating.
    5. Identify techniques used to study various astronomical objects and phenomena.
    6. Describe methods astronomers use to analyze collected data.

    Outcome 4: The student will identify the techniques for extending scientific laws and models from the laboratory setting to the observed universe.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the scientific law or model to which the laboratory setting can be applied.
    2. Identify the laboratory setting that applies to particular scientific law or model.

    Outcome 5: The student will explain the Earth’s place in the solar system, and the solar system’s place within the universe.

    Objectives:

    1. Recall that the Earth is located in a spatial hierarchy consisting of the Solar System, the Milky Way Galaxy, the Local Group, and the Local Supercluster.
    2. Describe the organization of the Solar System. .

    Outcome 6: The student will interpret the sky.

    Objectives:

    1. Discern the color and magnitude differences between planets, the Sun, and the Moon.
    2. Describe the motion of the planets.
    3. Recognize that there are more objects in the solar system than can be viewed with the naked eye, and that there are objects that are viewable that are not within the solar system.
    4. Recognize the importance of telescopes for data acquisition, and recall the primary functions of the various types of telescopes.

    Outcome 7: The student will explain the historical perspective of the development of the scientific method and scientific laws.

    Objectives:

    1. Reconstruct the development of our understanding of the Earth’s place in the Universe from the historical beginnings to modern times.
    2. Describe the evolution of the scientific method and scientific laws.
    3. Describe the catalysts for the evolution of the scientific method and scientific laws.
    4. Identify the principle investigators of astronomical concepts.
    5. Describe the contributions of the principle investigators to the development of the scientific method and scientific laws.
    6. Identify the primary differences between the pseudoscience astrology and the science of astronomy and the evolution of astrology to astronomy.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Historical Astronomy
      1. Prehistoric Astronomy
      2. Development of Calendars and other Early Discoveries
      3. Origin of the Constellations
      4. The Seasons
      5. Eclipses
      6. Astrology and the Origin of other Superstitions
      7. Egyptian Cosmology
      8. Early Greek Cosmologies
      9. The Ptolemaic System
      10. Islamic Astronomy
    2. The Layout of the Solar System
      1. Problems with the Ptolemaic Model
      2. The Copernican Revolution
      3. Tycho Brahe
      4. Kepler’s Laws
      5. Galileo’s Observations
      6. Newton’s Synthesis
    3. Light and Telescopes
      1. Nature of Light
      2. The Electromagnetic Spectrum
      3. The Origin of Light
      4. Emission Lines and Bands
      5. Absorption Lines and Bands
      6. Design of Optical Telescopes
      7. Photometry
      8. Image Processing
      9. Spectrophotometry
      10. Interferometry
      11. Telescopes in Space
    4. Earth as a Planet
      1. Age of the Earth
      2. Internal Structure
      3. Earth’s Magnetic Field
      4. Earth’s Evolution and Outside Catastrophic Events
      5. Earth’s Atmosphere and Oceans
      6. The Magnetosphere
    5. The Moon
      1. The Earth-Moon System
      2. Historical Observations of the Moon
      3. The Development of Space Exploration and Moon Exploration
      4. Surface Features of the Moon
      5. Lunar Rocks: Moon-Earth Comparison
      6. Interior of the Moon
      7. Evolution of the Moon
      8. Origin of the Moon
      9. Return to the Moon
    6. Mercury
      1. Rotation and Revolution of Mercury
      2. Historical Observation from the Earth
      3. Spacecraft Observations
      4. The Surface of Mercury
      5. Internal Structure of Mercury
      6. Mercury’s Atmosphere
      7. Mercury’s Magnetic Field
      8. Mercury’s Evolutionary History
      9. Comparative Planetology of Mercury
    7. Venus
      1. Slow Retrograde Rotation of Venus
      2. Historical Observations from the Earth
      3. Spacecraft Observations
      4. The Surface of Venus
      5. The Atmosphere of Venus
      6. The Internal Structure of Venus
      7. Comparative Planetology of Venus
    8. Mars
      1. Historical Observations from the Earth
      2. Spacecraft Observations
      3. Surface Geology of Mars
      4. The Atmosphere of Mars
      5. Current and Ancient Climate
      6. Martian Internal Structure
      7. The Search for Life
      8. Martian Satellites: Phobos and Demos
      9. Comparative Planetology of Mars
    9. Jupiter
      1. Rotation Rate
      2. Historical Observations from the Earth
      3. Spacecraft Observations
      4. The Atmosphere of Jupiter
      5. Internal Heating of Jupiter
      6. Internal Structure of Jupiter
      7. Jupiter’s Magnetosphere
      8. Jupiter’s Rings
      9. The Moons of Jupiter
      10. Comparative Planetology of Jupiter
    10. Saturn
      1. Rotation Rate
      2. Historical Observations from the Earth
      3. Spacecraft Observations
      4. The Atmosphere of Saturn
      5. Internal Heating of Saturn
      6. Internal Structure of Saturn
      7. Saturn’s Magnetosphere
      8. Saturn’s Rings
      9. The Moons of Saturn
      10. Comparative Planetology of Saturn
    11. Uranus, Neptune, and the Dwarf Planets
      1. Discovery of these Planets
      2. Spacecraft Observations
      3. Physical Nature of Uranus and Neptune
      4. Interiors of Uranus and Neptune
      5. Atmospheres of Uranus and Neptune
      6. Rings of Uranus and Neptune
      7. Magnetosphere of Uranus and Neptune
      8. Comparative Planetology of Uranus and Neptune
      9. The Satellite Systems of Uranus and Neptune
      10. Pluto and the other Dwarf planets and their moons
    12. Comets, Meteors, and Asteroids
      1. Origin of Asteroids
      2. Nature of Asteroids
      3. Origin of Meteoroids
      4. Distinction Between Meteoroids, Meteors, and Meteorites
      5. Historical Concepts of Comets
      6. Origin of Comets
      7. Nature of Comets

    Primary Faculty
    Fey, Francette
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ASTR 1040 - General Astronomy 2

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: ASTR 1030 

    Descriptive course analyzing the universe outside our solar system: stars, galaxies, nebulae, and interstellar material; also a brief exploration of cosmology dealing with the main theories about the origin of the universe.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the nature of scientific laws, models, and theories.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the physical laws, models, and theories that are applicable to astronomical objects and phenomena.
    2. Describe physical laws, models, and theories that are applicable to astronomical objects and phenomena.
    3. Analyze and apply the physical laws, models, and theories that are applicable to astronomical objects and phenomena.
    4. Assess (or Evaluate) the testability of a hypothesis.
    5. Develop appropriate astronomical hypotheses.
    6. Analyze and interpret the success or failure of astronomical hypotheses.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use specialized scientific vocabulary.

    Objectives:

    1. Define astronomical terminology.
    2. Recall astronomical terminology.
    3. Employ astronomical terminology.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the techniques used in observing and collecting data on astronomical objects and phenomena, and how astronomical observations and data are analyzed and interpreted.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify properties of electromagnetic radiation.
    2. Compare astronomical techniques of data acquisition.
    3. Interpret the observations and data acquired through various techniques.
    4. Perform calculations relevant to the phenomena of Wien’s Law, the Inverse Square Law, temperature conversions, and stellar magnitudes.
    5. Identify techniques used to study various astronomical objects and phenomena.
    6. Describe methods astronomers use to analyze collected data.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the techniques for extending scientific laws and models from the laboratory setting to the observed universe.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the scientific law or model to which the laboratory setting can be applied.
    2. Identify the laboratory setting that applies to particular scientific law or model.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the Earth’s place in the universe.

    Objectives:

    1. Recall that the Earth is located in a spatial hierarchy consisting of the Solar System, the Milky Way Galaxy, the Local Group, and the Local Super cluster.
    2. Describe the Solar System, the Milky Way Galaxy, the Local Group, and the Local Super cluster.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to iInterpret the sky.

    Objective:

    1. Discern the color differences between stars.
    2. Describe the diurnal motion of the stars.
    3. Recognize that there are more stars in the sky than are viewable with the naked eye.
    4. Locate Polaris, the North Star.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the historical perspective of the development of the scientific method and scientific laws.

    Objectives:

    1. Reconstruct the development of the Stellar Magnitude System, Hubble’s Law, the Big Bang Theory, Stellar Evolution, and our understanding of the Earth’s place in the Universe from the historical beginnings to modern times.
    2. Describe the evolution of the scientific method and scientific laws.
    3. Describe the catalysts for the evolution of the scientific method and scientific laws.
    4. Identify the principle investigators of astronomical concepts.
    5. Describe the contributions of the principle investigators to the development of the scientific method and scientific laws.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Light
      1. The Nature of Light
      2. The Electromagnetic Spectrum
      3. The Origin of Light
      4. Emissions Lines and Bands
      5. Absorption Lines and Band
      6. Design of Optical Telescopes
      7. Photometry
      8. Spectrophotometry
      9. Interferometry
    2. The Sun
      1. Composition of the Sun
      2. Interior Structure
      3. The Photosphere
      4. The Chromosphere
      5. The Corona
      6. The Magnetic Field
      7. The Solar Wind
      8. Sunspots and Related Activity
      9. The Solar Constant
      10. Terrestrial Effects
      11. The Sun and the Theory of Relativity
    3. Measuring the Basic properties of Stars
      1. Distance
      2. Apparent Brightness and the Magnitude System
      3. Luminosity and Absolute Magnitude
      4. Effective Temperature and Wien’s Law
      5. Diameter and Stephan-Boltzmann’s Law
      6. Mass and Kepler’s Laws
      7. Composition and Stellar Spectra
    4. Classifying Stellar Types
      1. The Hertzsprung-Russel Diagram
      2. Main Sequence Stars
      3. White Dwarfs
      4. Giants and Supergiants
    5. Early Stellar Evolution
      1. Molecular Clouds
      2. Bok Globules and the Protostar Stage
      3. Pre-Main Sequence Stars
      4. Cocoon Nebulae and Infrared Stars
      5. Brown Dwarfs
      6. T Tauri Stars
    6. Middle Aged Stars
      1. Main Sequence Stage
      2. The Proton-Proton Chain
      3. Larger Stars and the Carbon Cycle
      4. Main-Sequence Lifetimes
    7. Stellar Death and Transfiguration
      1. Red Giant Stars
      2. The Triple-Alpha Process
      3. Helium Flash
      4. Variable Stars
      5. Cepheid Variables
      6. Planetary Nebulae
      7. White Dwarfs
      8. The Chandrasekhar Limit
      9. Supernovae
      10. Type I and Type II Supernovae
      11. Neutron Stars and Pulsars
      12. Black Holes
      13. The Theory of Relativity and Detecting Black Holes
    8. Interstellar Environments
      1. Interaction of Light with Atoms
      2. Interaction of Light with Molecules
      3. Interaction of Light with Dust Grains
      4. Rayleigh Scattering
      5. Interstellar Reddening
      6. Molecular Clouds
      7. HI Regions
      8. HII Regions
      9. Bubbles and Superbubbles
    9. Multiple Star Systems
      1. Optical Doubles and Physical Binaries
      2. Visual Binaries
      3. Spectroscopic Binaries
      4. Eclipsing Binaries
      5. Astrometric Binaries
      6. Mass Transfer in Binary Star Systems
      7. Novae and Supernovae
      8. Origin of Binary Star Systems
      9. Planetary Systems
    10. Star Clusters and Associations
      1. Open Star Clusters
      2. Associations
      3. Globular Star Clusters
      4. Distances to Clusters
      5. Cepheid Variables as Distance Indicators
    11. The Milky Way Galaxy
      1. Size
      2. Stellar Surveys and the Galactic Shape
      3. Rotation
      4. Age
      5. Population I Stars
      6. Population II Stars
      7. The Nucleus
      8. Spiral Arms
    12. Galaxies
      1. Measuring Distances to the Galaxies
      2. The Magellanic Clouds
      3. The Local Galaxies
      4. Dwarf Galaxies
      5. Elliptical Galaxies
      6. Spiral Galaxies
      7. Irregular Galaxies
      8. Peculiar Galaxies
      9. The Hubble Classification
    13. The Expanding Universe
      1. The Red Shift of Galaxies
      2. Hubble’s Law
      3. The Static Universe
      4. The Expanding Universe
      5. The Big Bang
      6. Clusters of Galaxies
      7. Dark Matter
      8. Quasars
      9. The Age of the Universe
      10. Alternative Cosmologies
      11. The Search for Intelligent Life

    Primary Faculty
    Fey, Francette
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Automated Systems-Mechatronics

  
  • MECT 1220 - Introduction to Mechatronics

    Credit Hours: 6.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (replaces MECT 1211, MECT 1212, MECT 1213, MECT 1214, MECT 1215, and MECT 1216 together but does not equate to any of these courses separately)

    This course introduces industrial automation concepts such as AC/DC control systems, electronic sensors, pneumatics, material handling systems (robots), and mechanical drives.  Computers and computer simulation software will be used throughout the course. Troubleshooting of mechanical problems, circuits, logic, and programs will be emphasized. Industrial technical terms and safety procedures will be taught.

    Billable Contact Hours: 8

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to construct basic Alternating Current (AC) and Direct Current (DC) circuits.

    Objectives: The student will be able to:

    1. Describe the function of electrical circuits.
    2. Construct basic electrical circuits.
    3. Solve circuits.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to construct electrical control circuits.

    Objectives: The student will be able to:

    1. Describe the operation of control logic circuits.
    2. Design control logic circuits.
    3. Construct control logic circuits.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to operate electronic sensors.

    Objectives: The student will be able to:

    1. Identify five types of electronic sensors.
    2. Describe the operation of five types of electronic sensors.
    3. Connect five types of electronic sensors.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to construct basic pneumatic circuits.

    Objectives: The student will be able to:

    1. Identify the basic components of a pneumatic system.
    2. Describe the functions a pneumatic system.
    3. Connect pneumatic circuits.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to operate an Automated Material Handling Device (robot).

    Objectives: The student will be able to:

    1. Describe basic robot operation.
    2. Create a robot program.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to construct mechanical drive systems.

    Objectives: The student will be able to:

    1. Describe the function of mechanical power systems.
    2. Perform mechanical drive systems calculations. 
    3. Install a mechanical drive system.
    4. Align a mechanical drive system.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    I. Alternating Current (AC) and Direct Current (DC) circuits

    1. Describe the function of electrical circuits.
    2. Construct basic electrical circuits.
    3. Define the units of electrical measurement.
    4. Utilize a multi-meter for electrical measurements.
    5. Define electrical formulas.
      1. Define Ohm’s law.
      2. Define Kirchoff’s law.
    6. Solve circuits.
      1. Solve series circuits.
      2. Solve parallel circuits.
    7. Describe electromagnetic devices.
    8. Operate electromagnetic devices.
    9. Describe combination circuits. 
    10. Solve combination circuits.
    11. Describe the function of a transformer.
    12. Operate a transformer.

    II. Electrical control circuits

    1. Describe the operation of control logic circuits.
    2. Construct control logic circuits.
    3. Describe the operation of sequencing control circuits.
    4. Construct sequencing control circuits.
    5. Describe the operation of timing relays.
    6. Construct control logic circuits with timing relays.

    III. Electronic sensors

    1. Identify five types of electronic sensors.
    2. Describe the operation of five types of electronic sensors.
    3. Connect five types of electronic sensors.

    IV. Pneumatic circuits

    1. Describe the basic components of a pneumatic system.
    2. Describe the functions of basic components of a pneumatic system.
    3. Calculate pneumatic pressure and flow.
    4. Describe the function of pneumatic speed control circuits.
    5. Connect pneumatic circuits.

    V. Automated Material Handling Device (robot).

    1. Describe basic robot operation.
    2. Operate a robot teach pendant.
    3. Create a robot program.
    4. Describe robot applications.
    5. Construct a flow chart using conditional commands.
    6. Describe flexible manufacturing commands.
    7. Describe quality control commands.
    8. Describe production control commands.

    V. Automated Material Handling Device (robot).

    1. Describe basic robot operation.
    2. Operate a robot teach pendant.
    3. Create a robot program.
    4. Describe robot applications.
    5. Construct a flow chart using conditional commands.
    6. Describe flexible manufacturing commands.
    7. Describe quality control commands.
    8. Describe production control commands.

    VI. Mechanical Drive Systems

    1. Describe the function of a mechanical power systems.
    2. Describe the function of key fasteners.
    3. Select a key fastener for an application.
    4. Describe the function of a power transmission system.
    5. Describe the function of the three (3) basic components of a belt drive.
    6. Describe the function of the three (3) basic components of a chain drive.
    7. Describe the function of the three (3) components of a gear train drive system.
    8. Describe how to calculate the speed and torque output in a multiple shaft gear drive.
    9. Install and align a fractional HP V-belt drive with a finished bore.
    10. Install and remove a chain drive.
    11. Install and align a spur gear drive system with adjustable centers.
    12. Install and align a multiple shaft drive system.

    Primary Faculty
    Seger, Jennifer
    Secondary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 1310 - Pneumatics Technology Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the fundamentals of pneumatic systems including components, graphic symbols and basic circuit configurations. Students will perform calculations for actuator area, compressor sizing, conductor sizing, gas laws, air preparation, cooling, and storage of air. Students will draw and simulate pneumatic circuits using Automation Studio then connect the real circuit on a functional pneumatic trainer.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the fundamental principles of pneumatics and determine the operating characteristics of a pneumatic system based on parameters given.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the areas, volumes, forces, velocities and pressures associated with pneumatic cylinders.
    2. Calculate the gas volume, flow rate, pressure drop, and heat generated for a pneumatic system.
    3. Explain Boyle’s law, Charles Law, Guy Lussac’s Law, and Bernoulli’s principle.
    4. Apply compressors, directional controls, pressure controls and flow controls in real circuits.
    5. Describe the different methods of air treatment for a pneumatic system.
    6. Determine the correct method of control to meet the application requirements.

    Outcome 2. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to troubleshoot the components in a complete pneumatic system based on pressures and flow rates given.

    Objectives:

    1. Measure the output flow and pressure of a compressor and its associated conductors.
    2. Demonstrate how to determine the integrity of a pneumatic actuator.
    3. Select the correct air preparation components for a pneumatic circuit.

    Outcome 3. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to illustrate the graphic symbols used to create a Pneumatic circuit using circuit drawing/simulation software.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the symbols for pneumatic components from either ANSI or ISO drawings.
    2. Draw a complete schematic based on given parameters using drawing software.
    3. Apply the given parameters to the drawn components and simulate circuit operation.
    4. Connect the complete circuit on a hydraulic trainer and verify proper operation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Properties of Compressed Air - The Basic Pneumatic System
    2. Compressed Air Theory - Gas Laws, Boyle’s, Charles, Guy Lussac, Bernoulli
    3. Graphic Symbology for Pneumatics
    4. Air Compression and Distribution
    5. Air Treatment
    6. Actuators
    7. Speed Control
    8. Regulators
    9. Directional Valves
    10. Basic Circuits
    11. Time Functions
    12. Sequence Control

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Mielke, Michael
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 1320 - Industrial Hydraulic Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course teaches the fundamentals of hydraulic systems including components, graphic symbols and basic circuit configurations. Students will perform calculations for actuator area in square inches, extension and retraction forces in pounds, pressures in pounds per square inch, and speeds in inches per minute. Students will draw and simulate hydraulic circuits using Automation Studio then connect the real circuit on a functional hydraulic trainer.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the fundamental principles of hydraulics and determine the operating characteristics of a hydraulic system based on parameters given.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the areas, volumes, force, velocity and pressures associated with hydraulic cylinders.
    2. Calculate the input and output horsepower and heat generated for a hydraulic system.
    3. Explain Pascal’s law, Bernoulli’s principle and the principles of atmospheric and head pressure.
    4. Explain the operation of pumps, directional controls, pressure controls and flow controls.
    5. Describe the different properties of hydraulic fluids and create a contamination control program.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to select the correct sizes of the plumbing components in a complete hydraulic system based on pressures and flow rates given.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the size of the inlet line for a pump.
    2. Calculate the sizes of the pressure lines before and after a directional valve.
    3. Calculate the correct return line size for a single rod cylinder circuit.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine the operating characteristics of a hydraulic system based on parameters given.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate cap end, rod end and rod areas as well as area ratio for a cylinder.
    2. Calculate the maximum force of a cylinder or torque of a motor.
    3. Calculate the extension or retraction velocity of a cylinder or motor.
    4. Calculate the input and output horsepower for a hydraulic system.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize the graphic symbols used to create a Hydraulic circuit and to draw these using circuit drawing/simulation software and then build the circuit on a hydraulic trainer.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the symbols for hydraulic components from either ANSI or ISO drawings.
    2. Draw a complete schematic based on given parameters using drawing software.
    3. Add the given parameters to the drawn components and simulate circuit operation.
    4. Connect the complete circuit on a hydraulic trainer and verify proper operation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Properties of Compressed Air - The Basic Pneumatic System
    2. Compressed Air Theory - Gas Laws, Boyle’s, Charles, Guy Lussac, Bernoulli
    3. Graphic Symbology for Pneumatics
    4. Air Compression and Distribution
    5. Air Treatment
    6. ActuatorsSpeed Control
    7. Regulators
    8. Directional Valves
    9. Basic Circuits
    10. Time Functions
    11. Sequence Control

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Mielke, Michael
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 1330 - Electro-Hydraulics Technology

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: MECT 1320  or approval of instructor

    (formerly MECT 2912)

    This course teaches the fundamentals of electro-hydraulic systems including components, graphic symbols and basic circuit configurations.  Students will calculate the gain for inverting, summing, and current feedback amplifiers.  Students will draw the circuits for proportional and servo controls then connect the circuit on a functional hydraulic trainer, wire the appropriate electronic control, tune for optimal response and troubleshoot the system.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to utilize the principles of electro-hydraulics to determine the operating characteristics of an electro-hydraulics system based on parameters given.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the gain of an amplifier for different circuit configurations.
    2. Calculate the output voltage for an inverting amplifier with varying input voltages.
    3. Explain the effects of linearity and hysteresis on proportional and servo control systems.
    4. Explain the purpose and operation of current feedback amplifiers in electro-hydraulic systems.
    5. Explain the advantages of PID type amplifiers for closed loop applications.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to determine the correct type of proportional valve for a complete electro-hydraulic system based on pressures and flow rate and load requirements.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the load physics for various electro-hydraulic applications.
    2. Explain the effects of symmetric versus asymmetric valve spool types.
    3. Determine the full bore and annulus pressure, and flow requirements for a system.
    4. Calculate the valve pressure drops and determine the rated flow for the selected valve.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to wire the appropriate electro-hydraulic amplifier to a given proportional or servo valve circuit.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine the correct wiring of an EH amplifier based on a block diagram.
    2. Adjust the gain, dead-band compensation, and ramps for optimal circuit performance.
    3. Determine the correct wiring of a servo valve amplifier including actuator feedback.
    4. Adjust the servo PID amplifier for optimal circuit performance.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the graphic symbols used to create an electro-hydraulic circuit, draw the circuit using Automation Studio software.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the symbols for electro-hydraulic components from ANSI or ISO drawings.
    2. Draw a complete schematic based on given parameters using Automation Studio software.
    3. Add the given parameters to the drawn components and simulate circuit operation.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to build an electro-hydraulic circuit on a training simulator from the previously drawn circuit schematics.

    Objectives:

    1. Connect the electro-hydraulic circuit according to the Automation Studio drawing.
    2. Verify that the circuit is operating according to the appropriate specifications.
    3. Troubleshoot the circuit if there is any part that is fails to function properly.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Basic electrical principles
    2. Basic electricity lab
    3. Operational amplifiers
    4. Operational amplifier lab
    5. Proportional valves
    6. Proportional amplifiers
    7. Proportional systems
    8. Proportional systems lab
    9. Servo valves
    10. PID theory
    11. Closed loop concepts
    12. Transducers
    13. Advanced electro-hydraulic products

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Mielke, Michael; Seger, Jennifer
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 1340 - Mobile Hydraulics Technology

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: MECT 1320  or approval of instructor

    (formerly MECT 2911)

    This course teaches the fundamentals of mobile-hydraulic systems including components, graphic symbols and basic circuit configurations. Students will calculate the area of a hydraulic actuator in square inches, extension and retraction forces in pounds, pressure in pounds per square inch, and speed in inches per min. Students will draw and simulate mobile hydraulic circuits using Automation Studio then connect the actual circuit on a functional hydraulic trainer.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to explain the principles of mobile hydraulic systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the areas, volumes, forces, velocities, and pressures associated with hydraulic cylinders.
    2. Explain Pascal’s Law, Bernoulli’s principle and the principles of atmospheric and head pressure.
    3. Explain the operation of mobile pumps, directional controls, pressure control, and flow controls.
    4. Describe the different properties of hydraulic fluids and create a contamination control program.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to determine the operating characteristics of a complete mobile hydraulic system based on parameters given.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the cap end, rod end, and rod areas as well as area ratio for a hydraulic cylinder.
    2. Calculate the maximum force of a cylinder or torque of a hydraulic motor.
    3. Calculate the extension or retraction speed of a hydraulic cylinder or the rotational speed of a motor.
    4. Calculate the input and output horsepower for a mobile hydraulic system.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to select the appropriate components to provide the mobile function of steering, propel, and multi-circuit control of a mobile circuit.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the size of a hydrostatic transmission of a propel circuit based on given requirements.
    2. Select the appropriate type of steering control valve from given performance requirements.
    3. Determine the type of directional control valve needed to provide pressure compensation and flow sharing capability.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the graphic symbols used to create a mobile hydraulic circuit.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the symbols for mobile hydraulic components from ANSI or ISO drawings.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to draw a Mobile hydraulic circuit using Automation Studio software.

    1. Objectives:
    2. Draw a complete schematic based on given parameters using drawing software.
    3. Add the given parameters to the drawn components and simulate circuit operation.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to build a complete mobile hydraulic circuit on a training simulator.

    Objectives:

    1. Connect the complete circuit on a hydraulic simulator.
    2. Verify that the circuit is operating properly.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Mobile Hydraulics
    2. Graphic symbology
    3. Hydraulic fluids
    4. Fluid conductors and seals
    5. Reservoirs
    6. Systemic contamination control
    7. Actuators
    8. Directional control valves
    9. Pressure controls
    10. Flow controls
    11. Fixed displacement pumps
    12. Variable displacement pumps
    13. Cartridge and stack valves
    14. Hydrostatic Transmissions & Propel circuits

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Mielke, Michael; Seger, Jennifer
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 1400 - Mechanical Systems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: MECT 1220 

    This course includes an introduction to mechanical drive systems, power transmission systems, and introduction to v-belt and chain drives, multiple shaft drives, linear motion assembly, and auxiliary control functions. Computers and computer simulation software will be used throughout the course. Troubleshooting of mechanical problems, circuits, logic and programs will be emphasized. Industrial technical terms and safety procedures are taught.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:  The student will be able to install a v-belt drive.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of a bushing and list three types of v-belt drives.
    2. Explain v-belt drives.
    3. Align a v-belt drive.

    Outcome 2:  The student will be able to maintain a v-belt drive.

    Objectives:

    Explain belt selection.
    Identify the size and type of a belt.

    Outcome 3:  The student will be able to select a lubricant for a given application.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain lubrication concepts.
    2. Use a viscometer.
    3. Read a MSDS safety data sheet.
    4. Describe the types of lubricant.

    Outcome 4:  The student will be able to perform precision shaft alignment.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain precision shaft alignment. 
    2. Measure indicator sag.
    3. Correct indicator sag.

    Outcome 5:  The student will be able to troubleshoot a chain coupling.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain couplings.
    2. Select a coupling.
    3. Install a coupling.
    4. Align a coupling.

    Outcome 6:  The student will be able to troubleshoot a bearing application.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe different types of bearings.
    2. Select a bearing.
    3. Maintain a bearing.

    Outcome 7:  The student will be able to troubleshoot a gasket and seal application.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain gaskets and seals.
    2. Cut a gasket.
    3. Select a seal.
    4. Install a seal.
    5. Remove a seal.

    Outcome 8:  The student will be able to troubleshoot a clutch or brake application.

    Objectives:

    1. Install a brake.
    2. Install a clutch.
    3. Inspect a clutch or brake.

    Outcome 9:  The student will be able to install a linear ball bushing.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain linear ball bushings.
    2. Select a linear ball bushing.
    3. Install a linear ball bushing.
    4. Align a linear ball bushing.

    Outcome 10:  The student will be able to troubleshoot a ball screw drive.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain ball screw drives.
    2. Select a ball screw drive.
    3. Install a ball screw drive.
    4. Align a ball screw drive.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    ME-2 Mechanical Drives 2

    LAP 1 Heavy Duty V - Belt Drives

    Skills Objectives
    The student will:

    1. Install and align a conventional v - belt drive system with a QD bushing
    2. Install and align a multiple belt v - belt system with a split taper bushing
    3. Install and align a wedge v - belt drive system with a taper lock bushing 
    4. Install and align a notched v - belt drive system
    5. Install and align a variable speed v - belt drive system
    6. Install and adjust a back slide v - belt idle
    7. Install and adjust a kiss v - belt idler 


    LAP 2 V - Belt Selection and Maintenance 

    Skills Objectives
    The student will:

    1.  Use a belt code to determine the size and type of a v - belt
    2.  Use a belt gage to determine belt cross section size 
    3.  Use measurement to determine the size and type
    4.  Use a sheave gage to identify a sheave size
    5.  Identify size and type of a sheave and bushing given a sample
    6.  Select bushings, sheaves, and a v - belt for a given application
    7.  Troubleshooting a v - belt drive system


    LAP 3 Synchronous Belt Drives

    Skills Objectives
    The student will:

    1.  Install and align a timing belt drive system 
    2.  Install and align an HTD belt drive system 
    3.  Identify the size and type of synchronous belt and pulley / sprocket given a sample
    4.  Select a timing belt and pulleys for a given application  
    5.  Select an HTD belt and sprockets for a given application
    6.  Troubleshoot a synchronous belt drive system

    LAP 4 Lubrication Concepts

    Skills Objectives
    The student will:

    1. Use a viscosimeter to measure oil viscosity 
    2. Select an oil specification for a given application 
    3. Select a grease specification for a given application
    4. Use a grease gun to lubricate a pillow block bearing
    5. Read and interpret a material safety data sheet


    LAP 5 Precision Shaft Alignment

    Skills Objectives
    The student will:

    1. Install and align an elastomer-in-shear coupling 
    2. Install and align a flange coupling
    3. Align a coupling using the rim and face indicator method  
    4. Align a coupling using the reverse indicator method
    5. Measure and correct for indicator sag

     
    LAP 6 Couplings

    Skills Objectives


    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Seger, Jennifer
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 1500 - Control Systems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: ELEC 1141  and ELEC 1151 

    This course provides concepts, terminology, and understanding of control systems used in industrial mechatronics systems. Topics studied include motors, motor controllers and drives, industrial control components, circuits and devices, power control components, advanced sensors and optoelectronics, methods and applications of industrial process control,  Course material and troubleshooting techniques will be learned through a combination of lecture and laboratory projects.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to construct operational amplifier and linear integrated circuits used in industrial automation equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify operational amplifiers (op amps) circuit configurations.
    2. List various types of linear integrated circuit applications.
    3. Describe the function of a triac-output optocoupler.
    4. Apply a zero-voltage switch.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to select the correct motor for an application.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe wound-field DC motors.
    2. Describe generators.
    3. Describe brushless motors.
    4. Describe stepper DC motors.
    5. Describe AC motors.
    6. Describe servo motors.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to explain industrial control and power control devices, circuits, and components.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify industrial control devices.
    2. Describe industrial control applications.
    3. Demonstrate proper wiring of a power control circuit.  
    4. Tune a power control circuit.
    5. Describe optoelectronic applications.
    6. Tune a pulse width modulation circuit.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to troubleshoot electronic sensor circuits.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the different types of electronic sensors.
    2. Demonstrate proper installation an electronic sensor.
    3. Align an electronic sensor.
    4. Troubleshoot an electronic sensor.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Operational Amplifiers (Op Amps)
      1. Define op amps and their various functions
      2. Describe the function of a logarithmic amplifier
      3. Describe the function of active filters
      4. Define op amps supplies and applications
      5. Describe the function of op amp voltage regulators
      6. Describe the function of sample-and-hold circuits
    2. Linear Integrated Circuits
      1. Define Voltage-to-Frequency Conversion
      2. Define Frequency-to-Voltage Conversion
      3. Define Digital-to-Analog (D/A) Conversion (DAC)
      4. Describe the function of Binary-Weighted Ladder DAC
      5. Describe the function of R-2R ladder DAC
      6. Describe the function of counting ADC
      7. Describe the function of successive-approximation ADC
      8. Define analog switches
      9. Define sourcing and sinking ICs
    3. Wound-Field DC Motors and Generators
      1. Define the basic principles of DC generators
      2. Describe AC and DC generators
      3. Describe Coils, Poles, and Electromagnetic Poles
      4. Describe Generator Voltage Equations
      5. Define DC Motor and Ideal DC Machine
      6. Describe Torque and the DC Motor Torque Equation
      7. Describe Counter EMF in the Motor and Counter Torque in the Generator
      8. Describe Line Voltage configurations; Series, Shunt, and their Comparisons
      9. Define motor control techniques
      10. Describe Characteristic Curves for Standard, Separately Excited, and Compound Motors
      11. Describe motor controlling, starting, stopping, and reversing
    4. Brushless and Stepper DC Motors
      1. Define Permanent-Magnet (PM) Motors
      2. Define PM Motor Classification and Characteristics
      3. Describe Conventional PM Motors, Moving-Coil Motors, and Torque Motors
      4. Define Brushless DC Motor (BDCM)
      5. Describe the Construction and Operation of BDCMs
      6. Describe the advantages, disadvantages, and applications of BDCMs
      7. Define stepper motor (SM)
      8. Describe Permanent Magnet (PM) and stepper motors
      9. Describe stepper operation modes and stepper motor drivers
      10. Describe stepper excitation modes, load Torque, and Inertia
      11. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of SMs
      12. Describe the basics of incremental encoders
      13. Describe the basics and advantages of absolute encoders 
    5. AC Motors
      1. Define Single-Phase and Three-Phase AC Motors
      2. Describe Wye and Delta Connected Systems
      3. Describe AC Motor Classification, Construction, and Characteristics
      4. Define Universal Motor
      5. Define the Principle of a Rotating Magnetic Field
      6. Define Induction Motor (IM)
      7. Describe Speed Regulation, Power Factor, and Efficiency
      8. Describe Squirrel-Cage Induction Motor (SCIM)
      9. Define Wound-Rotor Motor
      10. Describe synchronous motor operation and construction
    6. Industrial Control Devices
      1. Define Manually Operated Switches
      2. Describe the operation of various switches
      3. Describe Manual Motor Starters
      4. Define Solenoids and Electromagnetic Relays (EMRS)
      5. Describe the function of overload relays
      6. Describe Thyristors, Silicon-Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs), Triacs, and DIACs
      7. Define Thyristor Triggering
      8. Describe Solid State Relay (SSR) Triggering
    7. Power Control Circuits
      1. Define Phase Control
      2. Define Zero-Voltage Switching
      3. Describe DC Motor, Phase, Chopper, Full-Bridge, Pulse-Width-Modulated (PWM), Closed-Loop Speed, and Stepper Motor Control
      4. Describe Universal AC Motor Speed Control and Adjustable-Frequency AC Drives
      5. Describe safety and preventive maintenance techniques for power control circuitry
    8. Advanced Sensors and Transducers
      1. Define
      2. Describe the function of various sensors
        1. Temperature
        2. Humidity
        3. Displacement
        4. Stress
        5. Strain
        6. Magnetic
        7. Pressure
        8. Fluid Flow
        9. Liquid Level Sensors Displacement
        10. Acceleration Transducers
        11. Hall Effect Devices
        12. Magneto-resistors
    9. Optoelectronics
      1. Define the Nature of Light and Optoelectronics
      2. Define Electronic Light Emitters
      3. Describe Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs)
      4. Define Electronic Light Receivers/Detectors
      5. Describe Photovoltaic and Photoemissive Transducers
    10. Industrial Process Control
      1. Define the characteristics of process control
      2. Describe open-loop and closed-loop process control
      3. Describe on-off and proportional control
      4. Describe Proportional Plus Integral, Proportional Plus Derivative, and Proportional Plus Integral and Derivative Control
      5. Define Process Controllers
      6. Describe Electric, Synchros, Servos, and Pneumatic Controllers 
    11. Pulse Modulation
      1. Define Pulse Communication and Modulation Types
      2. Define Analog and Digital Pulse Modulation
      3. Describe Pulse-Amplitude (PAM), Pulse-Width (PWM), Pulse-Position (PPM), and Pulse-Frequency (PFM) Modulation
    12. Tachometer Measurement Techniques
      1. Demonstrate how to build an Infrared Tachometer Probe
      2. Demonstrate how to calibrate and troubleshoot an Infrared Tachometer Probe
      3. Demonstrate how to provide feedback for motor control
      4. Demonstrate how to test and verify proper tachometer output signals 
    13. Stepper Motor Control
      1. Demonstrate proper construction of Stepper Motor Control circuitry
      2. Demonstrate proper speed and direction control for a stepper motor
      3. Demonstrate how to calculate and measure step angle
      4. Demonstrate proper troubleshooting techniques for Stepper Motors
    14. Triac-Output Optocoupler
      1. Demonstrate how to construct a Triac-Output Optocoupler circuit
      2. Demonstrate proper measurement and calibration techniques of the Triac-Output Optocoupler
      3. Demonstrate how to interface the Triac-Output Optocoupler with other electronic control circuitry
    15. Integrated Circuit Temperature Sensor
      1. Demonstrate how to construct Integrated Circuit Temperature Control circuits
      2. Demonstrate temperature scale conversions
      3. Demonstrate how to test IC temperature circuits
      4. Demonstrate how to plot Temperature data into charts and graphs
    16. Light-Sensitive Transducers
      1. Demonstrate proper circuit construction techniques for Photoresistors, Photovoltaic Cells, Phototransistors, and Photodiodes
      2. Demonstrate how to test and measure the output response from Photoresistors, Photovoltaic Cells, Phototransistors, and Photodiodes
    17. Inductive Proximity Sensors
      1. Demonstrate proper circuit interface techniques of Proximity Sensors
      2. Demonstrate how to measure and record responses from Proximity Sensors
      3. Demonstrate how to test and calibrate output responses from Proximity Sensors 
    18. Hall Effect Transducers
      1. Demonstrate proper circuit interface techniques of Hall Effect Transducers
      2. Demonstrate how to measure and record responses from Hall Effect Transducers
      3. Demonstrate how to test and calibrate output responses from Hall Effect Transducers

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Seger, Jennifer
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 1540 - Industrial Networks

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course introduces industrial communication systems. Concepts include network models, hardware components, configuration of devices, and network and transport protocols. Industrial technical terms and safety procedures will be taught.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to explain different types of industrial networks.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of Ethernet networks.
    2. Describe the function of Ethernet  IP networks.
    3. Describe the function of industry specific networks.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to explain network hardware components.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of switches.
    2. Describe the function of routers.
    3. Identify industrial end devices.
    4. Describe the configuration of industrial end devices.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to explain data link layers.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe data link layer.
    2. Describe wired LANS.
    3. Describe wireless LANS.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to explain the network layer.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe network layer protocols.
    2. Describe the types of routing.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course the student will be able to monitor a network.

    Objectives:

    1. Connect to a network.
    2. View a network.
    3. Describe the components on a network.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Different types of industrial networks.
      1. Internet of Things (IOT)
      2. Ethernet networks.
      3. Ethernet  IP networks.
      4. Profibus
      5. Profinet
      6. DeviceNet
      7. Canbus
    2. Hardware components
      1. Switches - Managed and unmanaged
      2. Routers.
      3. End devices - PLCs, robots, components
      4. Hubs
    3. Data link layers.
      1. LANS.
      2. Wireless LANS.
    4. Network layer
      1. Network layer protocols - IP, TCIP
      2. Types of routing- Unicast, multi-cast
    5. Manage a network.
      1. Monitor a network.
      2. Network security

    Primary Faculty
    Seger, Jennifer
    Secondary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 2115 - PLC Basic Programming

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (replaces MECT 2110 and MECT 2112 together but does not equate to either course separately)

    This course includes an introduction to PLC systems, basic relay logic is covered with reference to its PLC replacement, and an introduction to ladder logic programming techniques. PLC interaction with mechanical, electrical, and fluid power components and sensors. Troubleshooting of mechanical problems, circuits, logic and programs will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the mechanical and software functionality of a programmable logic controller (PLC).

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of a PLC.
    2. Describe the functions of the six (6) basic components of a PLC.
    3. Name three (3) methods of program entry and give the advantage of each.
    4. Describe the use of ladder diagrams in PLC programs.
    5. Describe the function and operation of I/O diagrams.
    6. Describe the basic operation of PLC ladder logic.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain PLC motor control.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe two (2) methods by which a PLC output can control a motor.
    2. Describe how to draw a PLC output diagram for motor application.
    3. Describe the function and operation of PLC seal-in logic.
    4. Describe the function and operation of program interlocks.
    5. Discuss the importance of PLC program documentation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe discrete I/O interfacing.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe four considerations in selecting a discrete PLC input module.
    2. Describe five considerations in selecting a discrete PLC output module.
    3. Describe how interfacing to a discrete electronic sensor is accomplished.
    4. Describe how a PLC could be interfaced to a machine controller.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain event sequencing utilizing a PLC.

    Objectives:

    1. Define event sequencing.
    2. Describe a PLC program which controls a reciprocating actuator.
    3. Describe the function of an internal output instruction and give an application.
    4. Describe the operation of continuous cycle reciprocating program.
    5. Describe the operation of a basic multiple actuator sequence program.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe PLC timer instructions.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of two types of timer instructions and give an application of each.
    2. Describe the operation of a retentive timer on-delay instruction.
    3. Describe the function and application of two types of non-retentive timer instructions.
    4. Describe the operation of the non-retentive timer on-delay instruction.
    5. Describe the operation of an off-delay timer instruction.
    6. Define time driven sequencing and give three applications.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe PLC counter instructions.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the functions of two types of PLC counter instructions.
    2. Describe the operation of count up and count down instructions.
    3. Describe the function of the OTL, OUT, and OTU instructions and give an application.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a PLC program.

    Objectives:

    1. Design a PLC program.
    2. Enter a PLC program using PLC software.
    3. Download a PLC processor file using PLC programming software.
    4. Edit a PLC program using PLC software.
    5. Save a PLC program using PLC software.
    6. Print a PLC program using PLC software.
    7. Document a PLC program file.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Programmable Controllers
      1. PLC function and applications
      2. Advantages of PLCs
      3. Functions of the six basic components that make up a PLC
      4. Methods and advantages of entering PLC programs
      5. Basic operation of a PLC
      6. Ladder logic and ladder diagrams
      7. Discrete addresses
      8. I/O diagrams
      9. XIC, XIO, and OTE instructions
      10.  PLC processor files
      11. PLC programming software
    2. Basic PLC Programming
      1. Numbering systems
      2. Memory organization
      3. I/O data tables
      4. Input devices and I/O logic
      5. Multiple output control
      6. Configuring I/O
      7. Entering basic programs
      8. Saving and editing basic programs
      9. Printing out reports
    3. PLC Motor Control
      1. Controlling motors with outputs
      2. Output diagrams for motor applications
      3. Controlling inputs with outputs
      4. Seal-in logic
      5. Interlocks
      6. Motor control safety
      7. Program documentation
      8. Jog control
      9. StartStop programs
      10. Safety interlocks and machine control
    4. Discrete I/O Interfacing
      1. Selecting the proper I/O module
      2. output modules
      3. Interfacing sensors and sensor modules
      4. Interfacing to machine controllers
      5. Testing discrete I/O devices
      6. Interface wiring
    5. Event Sequencing
      1. Event driven sequencing
      2. Reciprocating actuator PLC program
      3. Internal output instructions
      4. Continuous cycle reciprocating program
      5. Sequencing multiple actuators
      6. Program design examples
    6. PLC Application Development
      1. The seven steps used to design a PLC program
      2. PLC programs with manual and automatic modes
      3. Methods of stopping a PLC controlled machine
      4. PLC programs which have both Halt and Cycle Stop functions
    7. PLC Timer Instructions
      1. Types of timer instructions
      2. Retentive and Non-retentive timer instructions
      3. On Delay and Off Delay instructions
      4. Time driven sequencing
      5. Program design examples
    8. PLC Counter Instructions
      1. Count Up and Count Down instructions
      2. OTL, OUT, and OUT instructions
      3. Controlling the number of production cycles
      4. Program design examples

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Seger, Jennifer
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 2215 - PLC Advanced Programming

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MECT 2115 

    (replaces MECT 2210 and MECT 2212 together but does not equate to either course separately)

    This is a capstone course in the Automated Systems Technology (Mechatronics) program.  Students will gain valuable real world experience in the control, maintenance, and simulation of automated processes, which utilize advanced manufacturing techniques. The physical system substations will include but are not limited to processes such as pick and place feeding, automatic gauging, part indexing, part sorting and queuing, robotic pick and place assembly, and part torquing. The software simulation of each substation will also be presented.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a PLC program for an industrial application.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the major types of applications of PLC programs.
    2. Explain the sequence of a PLC program.
    3. Design a PLC program for an application.
      1. Create a pick and place feeding program.
      2. Create a pick and gauging program.
      3. Create a pick and indexing program.
      4. Create a pick and sorting and queuing program.
      5. Create a pick and robot pick and place program.
      6. Create a pick and torqueing and assembly program.
      7. Create a pick and parts storage program. 

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to integrate multiple station control in a PLC program.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe a PLC program that uses discrete I/O handshaking for multiple station part reject tracking.
    2. Design a PLC program that uses discrete I/O handshaking for multiple station part reject tracking.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Mechatronics
      1. Mechatronics defined
      2. Control system concepts
      3. Mechatronics safety
      4. Machine operator functions
    2. Basic Component Adjustments
      1. Manual operation
      2. Pneumatic pick and place
      3. Electrical pick and place
      4. Electrical sensors
    3. Pick and Place Feeding
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    4. Gauging
      1. Station operation
      2. Actuator adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    5. Indexing
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Stepper motor programming
      4. Module sequencing
      5. Station sequencing
    6. Sorting and Queuing
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    7. Robotic Pick and Place Assembly
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    8. Torqueing and Assembly
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Torque adjustment
      4. Module sequencing
      5. Station sequencing
    9. Parts Storage
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    10. Multiple Station Control
      1. Discrete I/O handshaking
      2. Module interfacing and communication
      3. System startup and halt
      4. System stop and reset
      5. System programming

    Primary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Secondary Faculty
    Seger, Jennifer
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 2645 - PLC Basic Programming-Allen Bradley

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly MECT 2640 and MECT 2740)

    This course includes an introduction to PLC systems, basic relay logic is covered with reference to its PLC replacement, and an introduction to ladder logic programming techniques. PLC interaction with mechanical, electrical, and fluid power components and sensors. Troubleshooting of mechanical problems, circuits, logic and programs will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the mechanical and software functionality of a programmable logic controller (PLC).

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of a PLC.
    2. Describe the functions of the six (6) basic components of a PLC.
    3. Name three (3) methods of program entry and give the advantage of each.
    4. Describe the use of ladder diagrams in PLC programs.
    5. Describe the function and operation of I/O diagrams.
    6. Describe the basic operation of PLC ladder logic.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain PLC motor control.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe two (2) methods by which a PLC output can control a motor.
    2. Describe how to draw a PLC output diagram for motor application.
    3. Describe the function and operation of PLC seal-in logic.
    4. Describe the function and operation of program interlocks.
    5. Discuss the importance of PLC program documentation.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe discrete I/O interfacing.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe four considerations in selecting a discrete PLC input module.
    2. Describe five considerations in selecting a discrete PLC output module.
    3. Describe how interfacing to a discrete electronic sensor is accomplished.
    4. Describe how a PLC could be interfaced to a machine controller.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain event sequencing utilizing a PLC.

    Objectives:

    1. Define event sequencing.
    2. Describe a PLC program which controls a reciprocating actuator.
    3. Describe the function of an internal output instruction and give an application.
    4. Describe the operation of continuous cycle reciprocating program.
    5. Describe the operation of a basic multiple actuator sequence program.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe PLC timer instructions.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of two types of timer instructions and give an application of each.
    2. Describe the operation of a retentive timer on-delay instruction.
    3. Describe the function and application of two types of non-retentive timer instructions.
    4. Describe the operation of the non-retentive timer on-delay instruction.
    5. Describe the operation of an off-delay timer instruction.
    6. Define time driven sequencing and give three applications.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe PLC counter instructions.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the functions of two types of PLC counter instructions.
    2. Describe the operation of count up and count down instructions.
    3. Describe the function of the OTL, OUT, and OTU instructions and give an application.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a PLC program.

    Objectives:

    1. Design a PLC program.
    2. Enter a PLC program using PLC software.
    3. Download a PLC processor file using PLC programming software.
    4. Edit a PLC program using PLC software.
    5. Save a PLC program using PLC software.
    6. Print a PLC program using PLC software.
    7. Document a PLC program file.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction to Programmable Controllers
      1. PLC function and applications
      2. Advantages of PLCs
      3. Functions of the six basic components that make up a PLC
      4. Methods and advantages of entering PLC programs
      5. Basic operation of a PLC
      6. Ladder logic and ladder diagrams
      7. Discrete addresses
      8. I/O diagrams
      9. XIC, XIO, and OTE instructions
      10. PLC processor files
      11. PLC programming software
    2. Basic PLC Programming
      1. Numbering systems
      2. Memory organization
      3. I/O data tables
      4. Input devices and I/O logic
      5. Multiple output control
      6. Configuring I/O
      7. Entering basic programs
      8. Saving and editing basic programs
      9. Printing out reports
    3. PLC Motor Control
      1. Controlling motors with outputs
      2. Output diagrams for motor applications
      3. Controlling inputs with outputs
      4. Seal-in logic
      5. Interlocks
      6. Motor control safety
      7. Program documentation
      8. Jog control
      9. StartStop programs
      10. Safety interlocks and machine control
    4. Discrete I/O Interfacing
      1. Selecting the proper I/O module
      2. output modules
      3. Interfacing sensors and sensor modules
      4. Interfacing to machine controllers
      5. Testing discrete I/O devices
      6. Interface wiring
    5. Event Sequencing
      1. Event driven sequencing
      2. Reciprocating actuator PLC program
      3. Internal output instructions
      4. Continuous cycle reciprocating program
      5. Sequencing multiple actuators
      6. Program design examples
    6. PLC Application Development
      1. The seven steps used to design a PLC program
      2. PLC programs with manual and automatic modes
      3. Methods of stopping a PLC controlled machine
      4. PLC programs which have both Halt and Cycle Stop functions
    7. PLC Timer Instructions
      1. Types of timer instructions
      2. Retentive and Non-retentive timer instructions
      3. On Delay and Off Delay instructions
      4. Time driven sequencing
      5. Program design examples
    8. PLC Counter Instructions
      1. Count Up and Count Down instructions
      2. OTL, OUT, and OUT instructions
      3. Controlling the number of production cycles
      4. Program design examples

    Primary Faculty
    Mielke, Michael
    Secondary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • MECT 2745 - PLC Advanced Programming-Allen Bradley

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MECT 2645  

    This is a capstone course in the Automated Systems Technology (Mechatronics) program.  Students will gain valuable real world experience in the control, maintenance, and simulation of automated processes, which utilize advanced manufacturing techniques. The physical system substations will include but are not limited to processes such as pick and place feeding, automatic gauging, part indexing, part sorting and queuing, robotic pick and place assembly, and part torqueing. The software simulation of each substation will also be presented.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create a PLC program for an industrial application.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the major types of applications of PLC programs.
    2. Explain the sequence of a PLC program.
    3. Design a PLC program for an application.
      1. Create a pick and place feeding program.
      2. Create a pick and gauging program.
      3. Create a pick and indexing program.
      4. Create a pick and sorting and queuing program.
      5. Create a pick and robot pick and place program.
      6. Create a pick and torquing and assembly program.
      7. Create a pick and parts storage program.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to integrate multiple station control in a PLC program.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe a PLC program that uses discrete I/O handshaking for multiple station part reject tracking.
    2. Design a PLC program that uses discrete I/O handshaking for multiple station part reject tracking.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction to Mechatronics
      1. Mechatronics defined
      2. Control system concepts
      3. Mechatronics safety
      4. Machine operator functions
    2. Basic Component Adjustments
      1. Manual operation
      2. Pneumatic pick and place
      3. Electrical pick and place
      4. Electrical sensors
    3. Pick and Place Feeding
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    4. Gauging
      1. Station operation
      2. Actuator adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    5. Indexing
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Stepper motor programming
      4. Module sequencing
      5. Station sequencing
    6. Sorting and Queuing
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    7. Robotic Pick and Place Assembly
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    8. Torqueing and Assembly
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Torque adjustment
      4. Module sequencing
      5. Station sequencing
    9. Parts Storage
      1. Station operation
      2. Component adjustment
      3. Module sequencing
      4. Station sequencing
    10. Multiple Station Control
      1. Discrete I/O handshaking
      2. Module interfacing and communication
      3. System startup and halt
      4. System stop and reset
      5. System programming

    Primary Faculty
    Mielke, Michael
    Secondary Faculty
    Dulinski, Kenneth
    Associate Dean
    Thero, Laura
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Automotive Technology

  
  • AUTO 1000 - Automotive Systems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course provides an introduction of today’s automobile. The course offers student exposure to the various pieces of shop equipment and details of the automotive service business. A working knowledge of the basic automotive components and general maintenance necessary for vehicle operation will be emphasized. An introduction to Hybrid Electric Vehicles (HEV) will be included in this course. The inclusion of this material will lead to students with an understanding of Hybrid Electric Vehicle technology.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and use measuring tools.

    Objectives:

    1. Understand the use of feeler gauges.
    2. Understand the use of dial indicators.
    3. Understand the use of micrometers.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and use basic automotive hand tools and fasteners.

    Objectives:

    1. Use tools to remove fasteners on automobiles.
    2. Tool maintenance and purchasing.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify mechanic certification and testing requirements.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify Michigan State law mechanic certification and testing requirements.
    2. Identify A.E.S. national testing mechanic certification and testing requirements.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction
      1. Material to be covered
      2. Equipment usage
      3. Facility tour - lab policies
      4. Evaluation process
      5. Safety rules
    2. Data and information
      1. Service manuals
      2. Electronic data storage
      3. Automotive rule and standard organizations
    3. Certification and Licensure
      1. P.A. 300
      2. ASE
      3. AET
      4. Montreal protocol (A/C)
      5. Verification procedures
    4. Fasteners, retainers, chemicals
      1. Threads
      2. Gaskets
      3. Chemicals
    5. Tools and equipment
      1. Hand tools
      2. Power tools
      3. Lab equipment
        1. Demonstration
    6. Lubrication system
      1. Lubricants
      2. System operation
    7. Cooling system
      1. Chemicals
      2. System operation
      3. Lab experience
    8. What is a hybrid vehicle?
      1. Gas - electric
      2. Diesel - electric
      3. ICE - hydraulic
      4. Fuel cells
      5. Flex fuel vehicles
      6. CNG
      7. Electric
      8. Examples of hybrid vehicles
      9. Series systems
      10. Parallel systems
      11. Series parallel systems
    9. Advantages of a hybrid
      1. City mileage - acceleration
      2. Emissions
    10. Disadvantages of a hybrid
      1. Cost of option vs. mileage increase
      2. Highway driving
    11. Basic components of a hybrid
      1. Power plant
      2. Electric motor
      3. Battery system
      4. Charging system
      5. Power management system
      6. Safety system
    12. Basic operation of a hybrid
      1. Acceleration
      2. Cruise
      3. Deceleration

    Primary Faculty
    LaHaie, Kurtis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 1040 - Automotive Electrical I

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly AUTO 1010)

    This course will cover basic Electrical fundamentals including terminology, electrical circuits, Ohm’s law, DVOM use, and wiring schematics.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to evaluate a basic electrical circuit based on amps, volts, and resistance.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the effect of a parallel circuit on voltage, amperage and resistance.
    2. Describe the effect of a series circuit on voltage, amperage and resistance.
    3. Describe the effect of a series-parallel circuit on voltage, amperage and resistance.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate proper use of a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM).

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper use of a DVOM to measure voltage and voltage drops in a series-parallel circuit.
    2. Demonstrate the proper use of a DVOM to measure amperage in a parallel circuit.
    3. Demonstrate the proper use of a DVOM to measure resistance in a series-parallel circuit.
    4. Demonstrate the proper use of a DVOM to measure voltage and voltage drops in a series circuit.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate proper technique in performing wire and connector repair.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the different types of solder used in wire repair.
    2. Identify the different types of connectors.
    3. Demonstrate proper soldering techniques.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read wiring diagrams,

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the symbols used in wiring diagrams.
    2. Identify power and ground locations.
    3. Identify splice and connector locations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    ELECTRICAL/1 - 1040 3 CR 4 CONTACT HOURS

    1. TERMINOLOGY
      1. AMPS
      2. VOLTS
      3. OHMS
      4. WATTS
      5. VOLTAGE DROP
      6. AVAILABLE VOLTAGE
      7. CONVENTIONAL THEORY FLOW
      8. ELECTRON THEORY FLOW
      9. ELECTRICITY
      10. KILO, MILLI
    2. ELECTRICAL FUNDAMENTALS
      1. ATOM
      2. NUCLEUS
      3. PROTONS
      4. NEUTRONS
      5. ELECTRONS
      6. INSULATORS
      7. CONDUCTORS
      8. SEMI CONDUCTORS
    3. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
      1. SERIES
      2. PARALLEL
      3. SERIES - PARALLEL
    4. OHMS LAW
      1. BASIC
      2. APPLIED TO A SERIES CIRCUIT
      3. APPLIED TO A PARALLEL CIRCUIT
      4. APPLIED TO A SERIES - PARALLEL CIRCUIT
      5. KIRCHOFF’S LAW
    5. BATTERIES - TESTING, SAFETY AND THEORY
      1. LEAD ACID
      2. ASORBED GLASS MAT (AGM)
      3. LITHIUM, LITHIUM ION
      4. NICKEL METAL HYDRIDE.
    6. METER USAGE AND REVIEW (USING LIGHT BOARDS)
      1. MEASURING VOLTAGE
      2. MEASURING VOLTAGE DROP
      3. MEASURING AMPERAGE
      4. MEASURING RESISTANCE
      5. METER USEAGE
    7. WIRING SCHEMATICS
      1. SYMBOLS
      2. CIRCUIT PROTECTION - FINDING FUSES, GROUNDS, SPLICES, CONNECTORS
      3. HORN CIRCUIT
      4. HEATED BACKLIGHT
      5. POWER MIRRORS
      6. FUEL INJECTORS
      7. POWER WINDOWS
    8. USE OF MAGNETISM
      1. MAGNETISM
      2. RELAY OPER ATION AND TESTING
        1. ISO
        2. TER MINAL IDENTIFICATION
      3. SOLENOID OPERATION AND TESTING
      4. CONTACTORS
      5. RELAY LAB
    9. WIRE REPAIR
      1. SOLDERING T ECHNIQUES
      2. TERMINAL REPAIR
      3. CONNECTOR DISS ASSEMBLY

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty
    LaHaie, Kurtis
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 1050 - Automotive Electrical II

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1000  and AUTO 1040  

    (formerly AUTO 1400)

    This course will cover electrical testing tools, basic electronics, electric motors, and starting and charging systems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform circuit testing using diagnostic tools

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper use of a power probe.
    2. Demonstrate the proper use of a relay tester.
    3. Demonstrate the proper use of a break out box.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the diagnosis of the charging system.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of the voltage regulator.
    2. Explain how to performance test a charging system using a VAT machine.
    3. Demonstrate how to test for voltage drops in the charging system circuit.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the diagnosis of a cranking system.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of the powertrain control module (PCM) in controlling cranking system operation.
    2. Explain how to performance test a starter draw test using a VAT machine.
    3. Demonstrate how to test for voltage drops in the cranking system circuit.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the operation of electronic components

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the operation of transistors.
    2. Describe the operation of diodes.
    3. Describe the operation of zener diodes.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    ELECTRICAL/II - 1050 3 CR 4 CONTACT HOURS

    1. REVIEW
      1. METER USEAGE
      2. SCHEMATICS
      3. RELAY OPERATION
    2. TESTING TOOLS
      1. RELAY TESTERS
      2. POWER PROBES
      3. BREAK OUT BOXES
      4. SHORT FINDERS
      5. FUSED JUMPER WIRES
      6. INDUCTIVE AMP CLAMPS
    3. ELECTRICAL DEVICES
      1. DIODES, LED, ZENER
      2. TRANSISTERS, NPN AND PNP
    4. CIRCUIT TESTING
      1. LIGHTS EXTERIOR
        1. HEAD LIGHTS
        2. TAIL LIGHTS
        3. TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS
        4. BRAKE LIGHTS
        5. SIDE MARKER LIGHTS
      2. HORN CIRCUIT
    5. ELECTRIC MOTORS
      1. DC MOTOR OPERATION
      2. AC MOTOR OPERATION
    6. CHARGING SYSTEMS
      1. COMPONENTS
        1. GENERATOR/ALTERNATOR - OPERATION
        2. VOLTAGE REGULATOR
          1. MECHANICAL
          2. ELECTRONIC
      2. CHARGING SYSTEM TESTING
        1. OUTPUT TEST
        2. SCAN TOOLS
      3. GENERATOR COMPONENT TESTING
        1. DIODES
        2. WINDINGS
        3. ROTOR
      4. CHARGING CONTROL CIRCUITS
        1. PCM BASED CHARGING CONTROL CIRCUITS
        2. TRACE CHARGING CONTROL CIRCUITS
    7. CRANKING SYSTEMS
      1. COMPONENTS
        1. STARTER MOTOR OPERATION
        2. STARTER RELAY
      2. CRANKING SYSTEM TESTING
        1. STARTER DRAW TEST
        2. VOLTAGE DROP TEST
      3. CRANKING SYSTEM CIRCUITS
        1. CIRCUIT OPERATION
        2. TRACE CIRCUITS
        3. THEFT DETERENT SYSTEMS

    Primary Faculty
    LaHaie, Kurtis
    Secondary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 1090 - Service Floor 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1000 AUTO 1040 AUTO 1100 , and AUTO 1130 

    (formerly AUTO 2190)

    This course provides the students with hands-on automotive service experience. Emphasis and tasks related to brakes, steering, suspension and alignment diagnosis and repair. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform wheel alignments.

    Objectives:

    1. Operate alignment rack.
    2. Mount sensors to vehicle.
    3. Measure and diagnose alignment readings.
    4. Adjust alignment angles to specifications.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform brake jobs.

    Objectives:

    1. Complete drum brake service.
    2. Complete disc brake service.
    3. Machine brake drums and rotors.
    4. Bleed hydraulic systems.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to inspect the steering and suspension systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify and inspect loaded ball joints.
    2. Identify and inspect steering linkage.
    3. Identify and inspect suspension components.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Overview
      1. Materials to be covered
      2. Course Rules
      3. Evaluation Process
      4. Shop safety
    2. Steering and Suspension and Alignment
      1. General Suspension and Steering Systems Diagnosis as per NATEF Standards
      2. Steering Systems Diagnosis and Repair as per NATEF Standards
      3. Suspension Systems Diagnosis and Repair as per NATEF Standards
      4. Wheel Alignment Diagnosis, Adjustment, and Repair as per NATEF Standards
      5. Wheel and Tire Diagnosis and Repair as per NATEF Standards
    3. Brakes Task
      1. General Brake Systems Diagnosis as per NATEF Standards
      2. Hydraulic System Diagnosis and Repair as per NATEF Standards
      3. Drum Brake Diagnosis and Repair as per NATEF Standards
      4. Disc Brake Diagnosis and Repair as per NATEF Standards
      5. Power Assist Units Diagnosis and Repair as per NATEF Standards
      6. Miscellaneous (Wheel Bearings, Parking Brakes, Electrical, Etc.) Diagnosis and Repair as per NATEF Standards
    4. Road Testing
      1. Determination of Quality of Repair
    5. Electronic Services Information
      1. Follow diagnostic strategies based on published procedures and guidelines
      2. Flat-rate labor time lookup and job estimation

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 1100 - Automotive Brake Systems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A study of the principles and theory of both disc and drum brake designs. Emphasis placed on inspection, parts replacement, diagnosis, use of specifications, special tools and machining operations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service the hydraulic system.

    Objectives:

    1. Diagnose and rebuild disc calipers and wheel cylinders.
    2. Diagnose and rebuild master cylinders.
    3. Bleed system.
    4. Test and service hydraulic valves.
    5. Diagnose brake pedal conditions.
    6. Bleed hydraulic system.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service drum brakes.

    Objectives:

    1. Machine drums.
    2. Measure and diagnose drums.
    3. Remove and replace brake shoes.
    4. Diagnose and service self-adjusters.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service disc brakes.

    Objectives:

    1. Machine rotors.
    2. Measure and diagnose rotors.
    3. Remove and replace brake pads.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service parking brake.

    Objectives:

    1. Replace cables.
    2. Adjust parking brake.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service power assist units.

    Objectives:

    1. Diagnose malfunctions.
    2. Remove and replace boosters.
    3. Measure vacuum.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
      1. Class rules
      2. Grading policy
      3. Absent/tardy policy
      4. V.I.N
      5. Road testing
      6. Buying brake parts
      7. Lubricants
      8. State Law
    2. Hydraulics
      1. Principles
      2. Brake fluids
        1. Types
        2. Cautions
        3. Applications
      3. Brake line service
        1. Cutting
        2. Bending
        3. S.A.E flare
        4. I.S.O flare
      4. Brake hoses
      5. Dual hydraulic circuits
      6. Flushing hydraulic system
      7. Bleeder screw service
      8. Special tool use
    3. Master Cylinders
      1. Removing and replacing
      2. Diagnosing leakage
      3. Rebuilding
        1. Cleaning
        2. Honing
        3. Lubrication
      4. Bench bleeding
      5. Quick take-up design
      6. Static (residual) pressure
      7. Fluid level switch
      8. Diagnosing pedal problems
    4. Drum brakes
      1. Wheel cylinders
        1. Identification
        2. Removing and replacing
        3. Rebuilding
          1. Solvents
          2. Lubrication
          3. Honing
      2. Drums
        1. Metric (mm) conversion to S.A.E.
        2. Locating and interpreting specifications
        3. Measuring and diagnosing
      3. Servo and non-servo
        1. Disassembly and assembly
        2. Lubrication
        3. Special tool use
      4. Linings
        1. Replacing and adjusting
        2. Inspection
        3. Specifications
      5. Backing plate
        1. Inspection
        2. Lubrication
        3. Cleaning
        4. Replacing
      6. Rear axle seals
        1. Inspection
        2. Removing and replacing
      7. Self-adjusters
        1. Identification
        2. Service
        3. Adjusting
        4. Operation
    5. Failure warning switch
      1. Vehicle application
      2. Electrical circuitry
      3. Removing and replacing
        1. Testing warning light bulb
        2. Jumper wire
        3. Test light
        4. Voltmeter
        5. Ohmmeter
    6. Disc brakes
      1. Fixed calipers and floating calipers
        1. Removing and replacing
        2. Rebuilding
        3. Lubrication
      2. Rotor Service
        1. Removing and replacing
        2. Testing minimum thick
        3. Testing TIR
        4. Testing parallelism
        5. Locating specifications
      3. Rear disc service
      4. Pads
        1. Replacing
        2. Inspection
        3. Wear sensor
        4. Specification
      5. Diagnosing malfunctions
    7. Combination value
      1. Metering valve
      2. Manual offset valve
      3. Diagnosing malfunction
      4. Proportioning valve
      5. Removing and replacing
    8. Machining
      1. Using a micrometer
      2. Using a drum micrometer
      3. Locating specifications
      4. Mounting rotor/drum to lathe
        1. With hub
        2. Without hub
        3. Composite
      5. Composite rotor service
      6. Lathe operation
      7. Machining drum/rotor
      8. Uni-directional rotor finish
      9. Machining rotor on car
    9. Bleeding
      1. Gravity bleeding
      2. Vacuum bleeding
      3. Pressure bleeding
      4. Manual bleeding
      5. Manual metering valve offset
    10. Power booster
      1. Vacuum circuit
      2. Check valve service
      3. Removing and replacing booster
      4. Diagnosing
      5. Booster operation
      6. Push rod adjustment
    11. Parking brake
      1. Parking brake switch
      2. Mechanical circuitry
      3. Cable adjustment procedure
      4. Locating specification
      5. Removing and replacing cables
    12. Brake lights
      1. Inspecting
      2. Diagnosing and testing
      3. Center high mounted light
    13. Miscellaneous
      1. Buying brake parts
      2. State law
      3. Road testing
      4. Safety
      5. Lubricants
      6. Solvents
      7. Special brake tools
      8. Raising and supporting vehicle
      9. Flat rate

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty
    Kurtis LaHaie
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

 

Page: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10